|
7
|
1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4:
|
|
|
2 *
|
|
|
3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar
|
|
|
4 * GUI/Motif support by Robert Webb
|
|
|
5 * Macintosh port by Dany St-Amant
|
|
|
6 * and Axel Kielhorn
|
|
1106
|
7 * Port to MPW by Bernhard Pruemmer
|
|
7
|
8 * Initial Carbon port by Ammon Skidmore
|
|
|
9 *
|
|
|
10 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions.
|
|
|
11 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed.
|
|
|
12 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code.
|
|
|
13 */
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
15 /*
|
|
593
|
16 * NOTES: - Vim 7+ does not support classic MacOS. Please use Vim 6.x
|
|
856
|
17 * - Comments mentioning FAQ refer to the book:
|
|
|
18 * "Macworld Mac Programming FAQs" from "IDG Books"
|
|
7
|
19 */
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
21 /*
|
|
|
22 * TODO: Change still to merge from the macvim's iDisk
|
|
|
23 *
|
|
|
24 * error_ga, mch_errmsg, Navigation's changes in gui_mch_browse
|
|
|
25 * uses of MenuItemIndex, changes in gui_mch_set_shellsize,
|
|
|
26 * ScrapManager error handling.
|
|
|
27 * Comments about function remaining to Carbonize.
|
|
|
28 *
|
|
|
29 */
|
|
|
30
|
|
1107
|
31 /* TODO (Jussi)
|
|
|
32 * * Clipboard does not work (at least some cases)
|
|
|
33 * * ATSU font rendering has some problems
|
|
|
34 * * Investigate and remove dead code (there is still lots of that)
|
|
|
35 */
|
|
7
|
36
|
|
|
37 #include <Devices.h> /* included first to avoid CR problems */
|
|
|
38 #include "vim.h"
|
|
|
39
|
|
593
|
40 #define USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
41 #define USE_AEVENT /* Enable AEVENT */
|
|
|
42 #undef USE_OFFSETED_WINDOW /* Debugging feature: start Vim window OFFSETed */
|
|
7
|
43
|
|
|
44 /* Compile as CodeWarior External Editor */
|
|
|
45 #if defined(FEAT_CW_EDITOR) && !defined(USE_AEVENT)
|
|
|
46 # define USE_AEVENT /* Need Apple Event Support */
|
|
|
47 #endif
|
|
|
48
|
|
9
|
49 /* Vim's Scrap flavor. */
|
|
|
50 #define VIMSCRAPFLAVOR 'VIM!'
|
|
838
|
51 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
52 # define SCRAPTEXTFLAVOR kScrapFlavorTypeUnicode
|
|
|
53 #else
|
|
|
54 # define SCRAPTEXTFLAVOR kScrapFlavorTypeText
|
|
|
55 #endif
|
|
9
|
56
|
|
7
|
57 static EventHandlerUPP mouseWheelHandlerUPP = NULL;
|
|
593
|
58 SInt32 gMacSystemVersion;
|
|
|
59
|
|
766
|
60 #ifdef MACOS_CONVERT
|
|
|
61 # define USE_CARBONKEYHANDLER
|
|
1562
|
62
|
|
|
63 static int im_is_active = FALSE;
|
|
|
64 #if 0
|
|
|
65 static int im_start_row = 0;
|
|
|
66 static int im_start_col = 0;
|
|
|
67 #endif
|
|
|
68
|
|
|
69 #define NR_ELEMS(x) (sizeof(x) / sizeof(x[0]))
|
|
|
70
|
|
|
71 static TSMDocumentID gTSMDocument;
|
|
|
72
|
|
|
73 static void im_on_window_switch(int active);
|
|
168
|
74 static EventHandlerUPP keyEventHandlerUPP = NULL;
|
|
1562
|
75 static EventHandlerUPP winEventHandlerUPP = NULL;
|
|
|
76
|
|
|
77 static pascal OSStatus gui_mac_handle_window_activate(
|
|
|
78 EventHandlerCallRef nextHandler, EventRef theEvent, void *data);
|
|
|
79
|
|
|
80 static pascal OSStatus gui_mac_handle_text_input(
|
|
|
81 EventHandlerCallRef nextHandler, EventRef theEvent, void *data);
|
|
|
82
|
|
|
83 static pascal OSStatus gui_mac_update_input_area(
|
|
|
84 EventHandlerCallRef nextHandler, EventRef theEvent);
|
|
|
85
|
|
|
86 static pascal OSStatus gui_mac_unicode_key_event(
|
|
|
87 EventHandlerCallRef nextHandler, EventRef theEvent);
|
|
|
88
|
|
168
|
89 #endif
|
|
|
90
|
|
7
|
91
|
|
|
92 /* Include some file. TODO: move into os_mac.h */
|
|
|
93 #include <Menus.h>
|
|
|
94 #include <Resources.h>
|
|
|
95 #include <Processes.h>
|
|
|
96 #ifdef USE_AEVENT
|
|
|
97 # include <AppleEvents.h>
|
|
|
98 # include <AERegistry.h>
|
|
|
99 #endif
|
|
|
100 # include <Gestalt.h>
|
|
|
101 #if UNIVERSAL_INTERFACES_VERSION >= 0x0330
|
|
|
102 # include <ControlDefinitions.h>
|
|
|
103 # include <Navigation.h> /* Navigation only part of ?? */
|
|
|
104 #endif
|
|
|
105
|
|
593
|
106 /* Help Manager (balloon.h, HM prefixed functions) are not supported
|
|
|
107 * under Carbon (Jussi) */
|
|
|
108 # if 0
|
|
7
|
109 /* New Help Interface for Mac, not implemented yet.*/
|
|
593
|
110 # include <MacHelp.h>
|
|
|
111 # endif
|
|
7
|
112
|
|
|
113 /*
|
|
593
|
114 * These seem to be rectangle options. Why are they not found in
|
|
|
115 * headers? (Jussi)
|
|
7
|
116 */
|
|
|
117 #define kNothing 0
|
|
|
118 #define kCreateEmpty 2 /*1*/
|
|
|
119 #define kCreateRect 2
|
|
|
120 #define kDestroy 3
|
|
|
121
|
|
|
122 /*
|
|
|
123 * Dany: Don't like those...
|
|
|
124 */
|
|
|
125 #define topLeft(r) (((Point*)&(r))[0])
|
|
|
126 #define botRight(r) (((Point*)&(r))[1])
|
|
|
127
|
|
|
128
|
|
|
129 /* Time of last mouse click, to detect double-click */
|
|
|
130 static long lastMouseTick = 0;
|
|
|
131
|
|
|
132 /* ??? */
|
|
|
133 static RgnHandle cursorRgn;
|
|
|
134 static RgnHandle dragRgn;
|
|
|
135 static Rect dragRect;
|
|
|
136 static short dragRectEnbl;
|
|
|
137 static short dragRectControl;
|
|
|
138
|
|
|
139 /* This variable is set when waiting for an event, which is the only moment
|
|
|
140 * scrollbar dragging can be done directly. It's not allowed while commands
|
|
|
141 * are executed, because it may move the cursor and that may cause unexpected
|
|
|
142 * problems (e.g., while ":s" is working).
|
|
|
143 */
|
|
|
144 static int allow_scrollbar = FALSE;
|
|
|
145
|
|
|
146 /* Last mouse click caused contextual menu, (to provide proper release) */
|
|
|
147 static short clickIsPopup;
|
|
|
148
|
|
|
149 /* Feedback Action for Scrollbar */
|
|
|
150 ControlActionUPP gScrollAction;
|
|
|
151 ControlActionUPP gScrollDrag;
|
|
|
152
|
|
|
153 /* Keeping track of which scrollbar is being dragged */
|
|
|
154 static ControlHandle dragged_sb = NULL;
|
|
|
155
|
|
13
|
156 static struct
|
|
|
157 {
|
|
|
158 FMFontFamily family;
|
|
|
159 FMFontSize size;
|
|
|
160 FMFontStyle style;
|
|
|
161 Boolean isPanelVisible;
|
|
|
162 } gFontPanelInfo = { 0, 0, 0, false };
|
|
593
|
163
|
|
766
|
164 #ifdef MACOS_CONVERT
|
|
168
|
165 # define USE_ATSUI_DRAWING
|
|
1562
|
166 int p_macatsui_last;
|
|
168
|
167 ATSUStyle gFontStyle;
|
|
1562
|
168 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
169 ATSUStyle gWideFontStyle;
|
|
|
170 # endif
|
|
168
|
171 Boolean gIsFontFallbackSet;
|
|
|
172 #endif
|
|
|
173
|
|
7
|
174 /* Colors Macros */
|
|
|
175 #define RGB(r,g,b) ((r) << 16) + ((g) << 8) + (b)
|
|
|
176 #define Red(c) ((c & 0x00FF0000) >> 16)
|
|
|
177 #define Green(c) ((c & 0x0000FF00) >> 8)
|
|
|
178 #define Blue(c) ((c & 0x000000FF) >> 0)
|
|
|
179
|
|
|
180 /* Key mapping */
|
|
|
181
|
|
|
182 #define vk_Esc 0x35 /* -> 1B */
|
|
|
183
|
|
|
184 #define vk_F1 0x7A /* -> 10 */
|
|
|
185 #define vk_F2 0x78 /*0x63*/
|
|
|
186 #define vk_F3 0x63 /*0x76*/
|
|
|
187 #define vk_F4 0x76 /*0x60*/
|
|
|
188 #define vk_F5 0x60 /*0x61*/
|
|
|
189 #define vk_F6 0x61 /*0x62*/
|
|
|
190 #define vk_F7 0x62 /*0x63*/ /*?*/
|
|
|
191 #define vk_F8 0x64
|
|
|
192 #define vk_F9 0x65
|
|
|
193 #define vk_F10 0x6D
|
|
|
194 #define vk_F11 0x67
|
|
|
195 #define vk_F12 0x6F
|
|
|
196 #define vk_F13 0x69
|
|
|
197 #define vk_F14 0x6B
|
|
|
198 #define vk_F15 0x71
|
|
|
199
|
|
|
200 #define vk_Clr 0x47 /* -> 1B (ESC) */
|
|
|
201 #define vk_Enter 0x4C /* -> 03 */
|
|
|
202
|
|
|
203 #define vk_Space 0x31 /* -> 20 */
|
|
|
204 #define vk_Tab 0x30 /* -> 09 */
|
|
|
205 #define vk_Return 0x24 /* -> 0D */
|
|
|
206 /* This is wrong for OSX, what is it for? */
|
|
|
207 #define vk_Delete 0X08 /* -> 08 BackSpace */
|
|
|
208
|
|
|
209 #define vk_Help 0x72 /* -> 05 */
|
|
|
210 #define vk_Home 0x73 /* -> 01 */
|
|
|
211 #define vk_PageUp 0x74 /* -> 0D */
|
|
|
212 #define vk_FwdDelete 0x75 /* -> 7F */
|
|
|
213 #define vk_End 0x77 /* -> 04 */
|
|
|
214 #define vk_PageDown 0x79 /* -> 0C */
|
|
|
215
|
|
|
216 #define vk_Up 0x7E /* -> 1E */
|
|
|
217 #define vk_Down 0x7D /* -> 1F */
|
|
|
218 #define vk_Left 0x7B /* -> 1C */
|
|
|
219 #define vk_Right 0x7C /* -> 1D */
|
|
|
220
|
|
|
221 #define vk_Undo vk_F1
|
|
|
222 #define vk_Cut vk_F2
|
|
|
223 #define vk_Copy vk_F3
|
|
|
224 #define vk_Paste vk_F4
|
|
|
225 #define vk_PrintScreen vk_F13
|
|
|
226 #define vk_SCrollLock vk_F14
|
|
|
227 #define vk_Pause vk_F15
|
|
|
228 #define vk_NumLock vk_Clr
|
|
|
229 #define vk_Insert vk_Help
|
|
|
230
|
|
|
231 #define KeySym char
|
|
|
232
|
|
|
233 static struct
|
|
|
234 {
|
|
|
235 KeySym key_sym;
|
|
|
236 char_u vim_code0;
|
|
|
237 char_u vim_code1;
|
|
|
238 } special_keys[] =
|
|
|
239 {
|
|
|
240 {vk_Up, 'k', 'u'},
|
|
|
241 {vk_Down, 'k', 'd'},
|
|
|
242 {vk_Left, 'k', 'l'},
|
|
|
243 {vk_Right, 'k', 'r'},
|
|
|
244
|
|
|
245 {vk_F1, 'k', '1'},
|
|
|
246 {vk_F2, 'k', '2'},
|
|
|
247 {vk_F3, 'k', '3'},
|
|
|
248 {vk_F4, 'k', '4'},
|
|
|
249 {vk_F5, 'k', '5'},
|
|
|
250 {vk_F6, 'k', '6'},
|
|
|
251 {vk_F7, 'k', '7'},
|
|
|
252 {vk_F8, 'k', '8'},
|
|
|
253 {vk_F9, 'k', '9'},
|
|
|
254 {vk_F10, 'k', ';'},
|
|
|
255
|
|
|
256 {vk_F11, 'F', '1'},
|
|
|
257 {vk_F12, 'F', '2'},
|
|
|
258 {vk_F13, 'F', '3'},
|
|
|
259 {vk_F14, 'F', '4'},
|
|
|
260 {vk_F15, 'F', '5'},
|
|
|
261
|
|
|
262 /* {XK_Help, '%', '1'}, */
|
|
|
263 /* {XK_Undo, '&', '8'}, */
|
|
|
264 /* {XK_BackSpace, 'k', 'b'}, */
|
|
|
265 #ifndef MACOS_X
|
|
|
266 {vk_Delete, 'k', 'b'},
|
|
|
267 #endif
|
|
|
268 {vk_Insert, 'k', 'I'},
|
|
|
269 {vk_FwdDelete, 'k', 'D'},
|
|
|
270 {vk_Home, 'k', 'h'},
|
|
|
271 {vk_End, '@', '7'},
|
|
|
272 /* {XK_Prior, 'k', 'P'}, */
|
|
|
273 /* {XK_Next, 'k', 'N'}, */
|
|
|
274 /* {XK_Print, '%', '9'}, */
|
|
|
275
|
|
|
276 {vk_PageUp, 'k', 'P'},
|
|
|
277 {vk_PageDown, 'k', 'N'},
|
|
|
278
|
|
|
279 /* End of list marker: */
|
|
|
280 {(KeySym)0, 0, 0}
|
|
|
281 };
|
|
|
282
|
|
|
283 /*
|
|
|
284 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
285 * Forward declaration (for those needed)
|
|
|
286 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
287 */
|
|
|
288
|
|
|
289 #ifdef USE_AEVENT
|
|
9
|
290 OSErr HandleUnusedParms(const AppleEvent *theAEvent);
|
|
7
|
291 #endif
|
|
|
292
|
|
1106
|
293 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_TABLINE
|
|
|
294 static void initialise_tabline(void);
|
|
|
295 static WindowRef drawer = NULL; // TODO: put into gui.h
|
|
|
296 #endif
|
|
|
297
|
|
1562
|
298 #ifdef USE_ATSUI_DRAWING
|
|
|
299 static void gui_mac_set_font_attributes(GuiFont font);
|
|
|
300 static void gui_mac_dispose_atsui_style(void);
|
|
|
301 #endif
|
|
|
302
|
|
7
|
303 /*
|
|
|
304 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
305 * Conversion Utility
|
|
|
306 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
307 */
|
|
|
308
|
|
|
309 /*
|
|
|
310 * C2Pascal_save
|
|
|
311 *
|
|
|
312 * Allocate memory and convert the C-String passed in
|
|
|
313 * into a pascal string
|
|
|
314 *
|
|
|
315 */
|
|
|
316
|
|
593
|
317 char_u *
|
|
|
318 C2Pascal_save(char_u *Cstring)
|
|
7
|
319 {
|
|
|
320 char_u *PascalString;
|
|
|
321 int len;
|
|
|
322
|
|
|
323 if (Cstring == NULL)
|
|
|
324 return NULL;
|
|
|
325
|
|
|
326 len = STRLEN(Cstring);
|
|
|
327
|
|
|
328 if (len > 255) /* Truncate if necessary */
|
|
|
329 len = 255;
|
|
|
330
|
|
|
331 PascalString = alloc(len + 1);
|
|
|
332 if (PascalString != NULL)
|
|
|
333 {
|
|
|
334 mch_memmove(PascalString + 1, Cstring, len);
|
|
|
335 PascalString[0] = len;
|
|
|
336 }
|
|
|
337
|
|
|
338 return PascalString;
|
|
|
339 }
|
|
|
340
|
|
|
341 /*
|
|
|
342 * C2Pascal_save_and_remove_backslash
|
|
|
343 *
|
|
|
344 * Allocate memory and convert the C-String passed in
|
|
|
345 * into a pascal string. Also remove the backslash at the same time
|
|
|
346 *
|
|
|
347 */
|
|
|
348
|
|
593
|
349 char_u *
|
|
|
350 C2Pascal_save_and_remove_backslash(char_u *Cstring)
|
|
7
|
351 {
|
|
|
352 char_u *PascalString;
|
|
|
353 int len;
|
|
|
354 char_u *p, *c;
|
|
|
355
|
|
|
356 len = STRLEN(Cstring);
|
|
|
357
|
|
|
358 if (len > 255) /* Truncate if necessary */
|
|
|
359 len = 255;
|
|
|
360
|
|
|
361 PascalString = alloc(len + 1);
|
|
|
362 if (PascalString != NULL)
|
|
|
363 {
|
|
|
364 for (c = Cstring, p = PascalString+1, len = 0; (*c != 0) && (len < 255); c++)
|
|
|
365 {
|
|
|
366 if ((*c == '\\') && (c[1] != 0))
|
|
|
367 {
|
|
|
368 c++;
|
|
|
369 }
|
|
|
370 *p = *c;
|
|
|
371 p++;
|
|
|
372 len++;
|
|
|
373 }
|
|
|
374 PascalString[0] = len;
|
|
|
375 }
|
|
|
376
|
|
|
377 return PascalString;
|
|
|
378 }
|
|
|
379
|
|
|
380 /*
|
|
|
381 * Convert the modifiers of an Event into vim's modifiers (mouse)
|
|
|
382 */
|
|
|
383
|
|
|
384 int_u
|
|
|
385 EventModifiers2VimMouseModifiers(EventModifiers macModifiers)
|
|
|
386 {
|
|
|
387 int_u vimModifiers = 0x00;
|
|
|
388
|
|
|
389 if (macModifiers & (shiftKey | rightShiftKey))
|
|
|
390 vimModifiers |= MOUSE_SHIFT;
|
|
|
391 if (macModifiers & (controlKey | rightControlKey))
|
|
|
392 vimModifiers |= MOUSE_CTRL;
|
|
|
393 if (macModifiers & (optionKey | rightOptionKey))
|
|
|
394 vimModifiers |= MOUSE_ALT;
|
|
|
395 #if 0
|
|
|
396 /* Not yet supported */
|
|
|
397 if (macModifiers & (cmdKey)) /* There's no rightCmdKey */
|
|
|
398 vimModifiers |= MOUSE_CMD;
|
|
|
399 #endif
|
|
|
400 return (vimModifiers);
|
|
|
401 }
|
|
|
402
|
|
|
403 /*
|
|
|
404 * Convert the modifiers of an Event into vim's modifiers (keys)
|
|
|
405 */
|
|
|
406
|
|
|
407 static int_u
|
|
|
408 EventModifiers2VimModifiers(EventModifiers macModifiers)
|
|
|
409 {
|
|
|
410 int_u vimModifiers = 0x00;
|
|
|
411
|
|
|
412 if (macModifiers & (shiftKey | rightShiftKey))
|
|
|
413 vimModifiers |= MOD_MASK_SHIFT;
|
|
|
414 if (macModifiers & (controlKey | rightControlKey))
|
|
|
415 vimModifiers |= MOD_MASK_CTRL;
|
|
|
416 if (macModifiers & (optionKey | rightOptionKey))
|
|
|
417 vimModifiers |= MOD_MASK_ALT;
|
|
|
418 #ifdef USE_CMD_KEY
|
|
|
419 if (macModifiers & (cmdKey)) /* There's no rightCmdKey */
|
|
|
420 vimModifiers |= MOD_MASK_CMD;
|
|
|
421 #endif
|
|
|
422 return (vimModifiers);
|
|
|
423 }
|
|
|
424
|
|
|
425 /* Convert a string representing a point size into pixels. The string should
|
|
|
426 * be a positive decimal number, with an optional decimal point (eg, "12", or
|
|
|
427 * "10.5"). The pixel value is returned, and a pointer to the next unconverted
|
|
|
428 * character is stored in *end. The flag "vertical" says whether this
|
|
|
429 * calculation is for a vertical (height) size or a horizontal (width) one.
|
|
|
430 *
|
|
|
431 * From gui_w48.c
|
|
|
432 */
|
|
|
433 static int
|
|
|
434 points_to_pixels(char_u *str, char_u **end, int vertical)
|
|
|
435 {
|
|
|
436 int pixels;
|
|
|
437 int points = 0;
|
|
|
438 int divisor = 0;
|
|
|
439
|
|
|
440 while (*str)
|
|
|
441 {
|
|
|
442 if (*str == '.' && divisor == 0)
|
|
|
443 {
|
|
|
444 /* Start keeping a divisor, for later */
|
|
|
445 divisor = 1;
|
|
|
446 continue;
|
|
|
447 }
|
|
|
448
|
|
|
449 if (!isdigit(*str))
|
|
|
450 break;
|
|
|
451
|
|
|
452 points *= 10;
|
|
|
453 points += *str - '0';
|
|
|
454 divisor *= 10;
|
|
|
455
|
|
|
456 ++str;
|
|
|
457 }
|
|
|
458
|
|
|
459 if (divisor == 0)
|
|
|
460 divisor = 1;
|
|
|
461
|
|
|
462 pixels = points/divisor;
|
|
|
463 *end = str;
|
|
|
464 return pixels;
|
|
|
465 }
|
|
|
466
|
|
766
|
467 #ifdef MACOS_CONVERT
|
|
168
|
468 /*
|
|
|
469 * Deletes all traces of any Windows-style mnemonic text (including any
|
|
|
470 * parentheses) from a menu item and returns the cleaned menu item title.
|
|
|
471 * The caller is responsible for releasing the returned string.
|
|
|
472 */
|
|
|
473 static CFStringRef
|
|
593
|
474 menu_title_removing_mnemonic(vimmenu_T *menu)
|
|
168
|
475 {
|
|
|
476 CFStringRef name;
|
|
|
477 size_t menuTitleLen;
|
|
|
478 CFIndex displayLen;
|
|
|
479 CFRange mnemonicStart;
|
|
|
480 CFRange mnemonicEnd;
|
|
|
481 CFMutableStringRef cleanedName;
|
|
|
482
|
|
|
483 menuTitleLen = STRLEN(menu->dname);
|
|
|
484 name = mac_enc_to_cfstring(menu->dname, menuTitleLen);
|
|
|
485
|
|
|
486 if (name)
|
|
|
487 {
|
|
|
488 /* Simple mnemonic-removal algorithm, assumes single parenthesized
|
|
|
489 * mnemonic character towards the end of the menu text */
|
|
|
490 mnemonicStart = CFStringFind(name, CFSTR("("), kCFCompareBackwards);
|
|
|
491 displayLen = CFStringGetLength(name);
|
|
|
492
|
|
|
493 if (mnemonicStart.location != kCFNotFound
|
|
|
494 && (mnemonicStart.location + 2) < displayLen
|
|
|
495 && CFStringGetCharacterAtIndex(name,
|
|
|
496 mnemonicStart.location + 1) == (UniChar)menu->mnemonic)
|
|
|
497 {
|
|
|
498 if (CFStringFindWithOptions(name, CFSTR(")"),
|
|
|
499 CFRangeMake(mnemonicStart.location + 1,
|
|
|
500 displayLen - mnemonicStart.location - 1),
|
|
|
501 kCFCompareBackwards, &mnemonicEnd) &&
|
|
|
502 (mnemonicStart.location + 2) == mnemonicEnd.location)
|
|
|
503 {
|
|
|
504 cleanedName = CFStringCreateMutableCopy(NULL, 0, name);
|
|
|
505 if (cleanedName)
|
|
|
506 {
|
|
|
507 CFStringDelete(cleanedName,
|
|
|
508 CFRangeMake(mnemonicStart.location,
|
|
|
509 mnemonicEnd.location + 1 -
|
|
|
510 mnemonicStart.location));
|
|
|
511
|
|
|
512 CFRelease(name);
|
|
|
513 name = cleanedName;
|
|
|
514 }
|
|
|
515 }
|
|
|
516 }
|
|
|
517 }
|
|
|
518
|
|
|
519 return name;
|
|
|
520 }
|
|
|
521 #endif
|
|
|
522
|
|
7
|
523 /*
|
|
|
524 * Convert a list of FSSpec aliases into a list of fullpathname
|
|
|
525 * character strings.
|
|
|
526 */
|
|
|
527
|
|
593
|
528 char_u **
|
|
|
529 new_fnames_from_AEDesc(AEDesc *theList, long *numFiles, OSErr *error)
|
|
7
|
530 {
|
|
|
531 char_u **fnames = NULL;
|
|
|
532 OSErr newError;
|
|
|
533 long fileCount;
|
|
|
534 FSSpec fileToOpen;
|
|
|
535 long actualSize;
|
|
|
536 AEKeyword dummyKeyword;
|
|
|
537 DescType dummyType;
|
|
|
538
|
|
|
539 /* Get number of files in list */
|
|
|
540 *error = AECountItems(theList, numFiles);
|
|
|
541 if (*error)
|
|
1107
|
542 return fnames;
|
|
7
|
543
|
|
|
544 /* Allocate the pointer list */
|
|
|
545 fnames = (char_u **) alloc(*numFiles * sizeof(char_u *));
|
|
|
546
|
|
|
547 /* Empty out the list */
|
|
|
548 for (fileCount = 0; fileCount < *numFiles; fileCount++)
|
|
|
549 fnames[fileCount] = NULL;
|
|
|
550
|
|
|
551 /* Scan the list of FSSpec */
|
|
|
552 for (fileCount = 1; fileCount <= *numFiles; fileCount++)
|
|
|
553 {
|
|
|
554 /* Get the alias for the nth file, convert to an FSSpec */
|
|
|
555 newError = AEGetNthPtr(theList, fileCount, typeFSS,
|
|
|
556 &dummyKeyword, &dummyType,
|
|
|
557 (Ptr) &fileToOpen, sizeof(FSSpec), &actualSize);
|
|
|
558 if (newError)
|
|
|
559 {
|
|
|
560 /* Caller is able to clean up */
|
|
|
561 /* TODO: Should be clean up or not? For safety. */
|
|
1107
|
562 return fnames;
|
|
7
|
563 }
|
|
|
564
|
|
|
565 /* Convert the FSSpec to a pathname */
|
|
9
|
566 fnames[fileCount - 1] = FullPathFromFSSpec_save(fileToOpen);
|
|
7
|
567 }
|
|
|
568
|
|
|
569 return (fnames);
|
|
|
570 }
|
|
|
571
|
|
|
572 /*
|
|
|
573 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
574 * CodeWarrior External Editor Support
|
|
|
575 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
576 */
|
|
|
577 #ifdef FEAT_CW_EDITOR
|
|
|
578
|
|
|
579 /*
|
|
|
580 * Handle the Window Search event from CodeWarrior
|
|
|
581 *
|
|
|
582 * Description
|
|
|
583 * -----------
|
|
|
584 *
|
|
|
585 * The IDE sends the Window Search AppleEvent to the editor when it
|
|
|
586 * needs to know whether a particular file is open in the editor.
|
|
|
587 *
|
|
|
588 * Event Reply
|
|
|
589 * -----------
|
|
|
590 *
|
|
|
591 * None. Put data in the location specified in the structure received.
|
|
|
592 *
|
|
|
593 * Remarks
|
|
|
594 * -------
|
|
|
595 *
|
|
|
596 * When the editor receives this event, determine whether the specified
|
|
|
597 * file is open. If it is, return the modification date/time for that file
|
|
|
598 * in the appropriate location specified in the structure. If the file is
|
|
9
|
599 * not opened, put the value fnfErr(file not found) in that location.
|
|
7
|
600 *
|
|
|
601 */
|
|
|
602
|
|
|
603 typedef struct WindowSearch WindowSearch;
|
|
|
604 struct WindowSearch /* for handling class 'KAHL', event 'SRCH', keyDirectObject typeChar*/
|
|
|
605 {
|
|
|
606 FSSpec theFile; // identifies the file
|
|
|
607 long *theDate; // where to put the modification date/time
|
|
|
608 };
|
|
|
609
|
|
9
|
610 pascal OSErr
|
|
593
|
611 Handle_KAHL_SRCH_AE(
|
|
|
612 const AppleEvent *theAEvent,
|
|
|
613 AppleEvent *theReply,
|
|
|
614 long refCon)
|
|
7
|
615 {
|
|
|
616 OSErr error = noErr;
|
|
|
617 buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
618 int foundFile = false;
|
|
|
619 DescType typeCode;
|
|
|
620 WindowSearch SearchData;
|
|
|
621 Size actualSize;
|
|
|
622
|
|
|
623 error = AEGetParamPtr(theAEvent, keyDirectObject, typeChar, &typeCode, (Ptr) &SearchData, sizeof(WindowSearch), &actualSize);
|
|
|
624 if (error)
|
|
1107
|
625 return error;
|
|
7
|
626
|
|
9
|
627 error = HandleUnusedParms(theAEvent);
|
|
7
|
628 if (error)
|
|
1107
|
629 return error;
|
|
7
|
630
|
|
|
631 for (buf = firstbuf; buf != NULL; buf = buf->b_next)
|
|
|
632 if (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp != NULL
|
|
|
633 && SearchData.theFile.parID == buf->b_FSSpec.parID
|
|
|
634 && SearchData.theFile.name[0] == buf->b_FSSpec.name[0]
|
|
|
635 && STRNCMP(SearchData.theFile.name, buf->b_FSSpec.name, buf->b_FSSpec.name[0] + 1) == 0)
|
|
|
636 {
|
|
|
637 foundFile = true;
|
|
|
638 break;
|
|
|
639 }
|
|
|
640
|
|
|
641 if (foundFile == false)
|
|
|
642 *SearchData.theDate = fnfErr;
|
|
|
643 else
|
|
|
644 *SearchData.theDate = buf->b_mtime;
|
|
|
645
|
|
|
646 return error;
|
|
|
647 };
|
|
|
648
|
|
|
649 /*
|
|
|
650 * Handle the Modified (from IDE to Editor) event from CodeWarrior
|
|
|
651 *
|
|
|
652 * Description
|
|
|
653 * -----------
|
|
|
654 *
|
|
|
655 * The IDE sends this event to the external editor when it wants to
|
|
|
656 * know which files that are open in the editor have been modified.
|
|
|
657 *
|
|
|
658 * Parameters None.
|
|
|
659 * ----------
|
|
|
660 *
|
|
|
661 * Event Reply
|
|
|
662 * -----------
|
|
|
663 * The reply for this event is:
|
|
|
664 *
|
|
|
665 * keyDirectObject typeAEList required
|
|
|
666 * each element in the list is a structure of typeChar
|
|
|
667 *
|
|
|
668 * Remarks
|
|
|
669 * -------
|
|
|
670 *
|
|
|
671 * When building the reply event, include one element in the list for
|
|
|
672 * each open file that has been modified.
|
|
|
673 *
|
|
|
674 */
|
|
|
675
|
|
|
676 typedef struct ModificationInfo ModificationInfo;
|
|
|
677 struct ModificationInfo /* for replying to class 'KAHL', event 'MOD ', keyDirectObject typeAEList*/
|
|
|
678 {
|
|
|
679 FSSpec theFile; // identifies the file
|
|
|
680 long theDate; // the date/time the file was last modified
|
|
|
681 short saved; // set this to zero when replying, unused
|
|
|
682 };
|
|
|
683
|
|
9
|
684 pascal OSErr
|
|
593
|
685 Handle_KAHL_MOD_AE(
|
|
|
686 const AppleEvent *theAEvent,
|
|
|
687 AppleEvent *theReply,
|
|
|
688 long refCon)
|
|
7
|
689 {
|
|
|
690 OSErr error = noErr;
|
|
|
691 AEDescList replyList;
|
|
|
692 long numFiles;
|
|
|
693 ModificationInfo theFile;
|
|
|
694 buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
695
|
|
|
696 theFile.saved = 0;
|
|
|
697
|
|
9
|
698 error = HandleUnusedParms(theAEvent);
|
|
7
|
699 if (error)
|
|
1107
|
700 return error;
|
|
7
|
701
|
|
|
702 /* Send the reply */
|
|
|
703 /* replyObject.descriptorType = typeNull;
|
|
|
704 replyObject.dataHandle = nil;*/
|
|
|
705
|
|
|
706 /* AECreateDesc(typeChar, (Ptr)&title[1], title[0], &data) */
|
|
|
707 error = AECreateList(nil, 0, false, &replyList);
|
|
|
708 if (error)
|
|
1107
|
709 return error;
|
|
7
|
710
|
|
|
711 #if 0
|
|
|
712 error = AECountItems(&replyList, &numFiles);
|
|
9
|
713
|
|
|
714 /* AEPutKeyDesc(&replyList, keyAEPnject, &aDesc)
|
|
|
715 * AEPutKeyPtr(&replyList, keyAEPosition, typeChar, (Ptr)&theType,
|
|
7
|
716 * sizeof(DescType))
|
|
|
717 */
|
|
|
718
|
|
|
719 /* AEPutDesc */
|
|
|
720 #endif
|
|
|
721
|
|
|
722 numFiles = 0;
|
|
|
723 for (buf = firstbuf; buf != NULL; buf = buf->b_next)
|
|
|
724 if (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp != NULL)
|
|
|
725 {
|
|
|
726 /* Add this file to the list */
|
|
|
727 theFile.theFile = buf->b_FSSpec;
|
|
|
728 theFile.theDate = buf->b_mtime;
|
|
9
|
729 /* theFile.theDate = time(NULL) & (time_t) 0xFFFFFFF0; */
|
|
|
730 error = AEPutPtr(&replyList, numFiles, typeChar, (Ptr) &theFile, sizeof(theFile));
|
|
7
|
731 };
|
|
|
732
|
|
|
733 #if 0
|
|
|
734 error = AECountItems(&replyList, &numFiles);
|
|
|
735 #endif
|
|
|
736
|
|
|
737 /* We can add data only if something to reply */
|
|
9
|
738 error = AEPutParamDesc(theReply, keyDirectObject, &replyList);
|
|
7
|
739
|
|
|
740 if (replyList.dataHandle)
|
|
|
741 AEDisposeDesc(&replyList);
|
|
|
742
|
|
|
743 return error;
|
|
|
744 };
|
|
|
745
|
|
|
746 /*
|
|
|
747 * Handle the Get Text event from CodeWarrior
|
|
|
748 *
|
|
|
749 * Description
|
|
|
750 * -----------
|
|
|
751 *
|
|
|
752 * The IDE sends the Get Text AppleEvent to the editor when it needs
|
|
|
753 * the source code from a file. For example, when the user issues a
|
|
|
754 * Check Syntax or Compile command, the compiler needs access to
|
|
|
755 * the source code contained in the file.
|
|
|
756 *
|
|
|
757 * Event Reply
|
|
|
758 * -----------
|
|
|
759 *
|
|
|
760 * None. Put data in locations specified in the structure received.
|
|
|
761 *
|
|
|
762 * Remarks
|
|
|
763 * -------
|
|
|
764 *
|
|
|
765 * When the editor receives this event, it must set the size of the handle
|
|
|
766 * in theText to fit the data in the file. It must then copy the entire
|
|
|
767 * contents of the specified file into the memory location specified in
|
|
|
768 * theText.
|
|
|
769 *
|
|
|
770 */
|
|
|
771
|
|
|
772 typedef struct CW_GetText CW_GetText;
|
|
|
773 struct CW_GetText /* for handling class 'KAHL', event 'GTTX', keyDirectObject typeChar*/
|
|
|
774 {
|
|
|
775 FSSpec theFile; /* identifies the file */
|
|
|
776 Handle theText; /* the location where you return the text (must be resized properly) */
|
|
|
777 long *unused; /* 0 (not used) */
|
|
|
778 long *theDate; /* where to put the modification date/time */
|
|
|
779 };
|
|
|
780
|
|
9
|
781 pascal OSErr
|
|
593
|
782 Handle_KAHL_GTTX_AE(
|
|
|
783 const AppleEvent *theAEvent,
|
|
|
784 AppleEvent *theReply,
|
|
|
785 long refCon)
|
|
7
|
786 {
|
|
|
787 OSErr error = noErr;
|
|
|
788 buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
789 int foundFile = false;
|
|
|
790 DescType typeCode;
|
|
|
791 CW_GetText GetTextData;
|
|
|
792 Size actualSize;
|
|
|
793 char_u *line;
|
|
|
794 char_u *fullbuffer = NULL;
|
|
|
795 long linesize;
|
|
|
796 long lineStart;
|
|
|
797 long BufferSize;
|
|
|
798 long lineno;
|
|
|
799
|
|
|
800 error = AEGetParamPtr(theAEvent, keyDirectObject, typeChar, &typeCode, (Ptr) &GetTextData, sizeof(GetTextData), &actualSize);
|
|
|
801
|
|
|
802 if (error)
|
|
1107
|
803 return error;
|
|
7
|
804
|
|
|
805 for (buf = firstbuf; buf != NULL; buf = buf->b_next)
|
|
|
806 if (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp != NULL)
|
|
|
807 if (GetTextData.theFile.parID == buf->b_FSSpec.parID)
|
|
|
808 {
|
|
|
809 foundFile = true;
|
|
|
810 break;
|
|
|
811 }
|
|
|
812
|
|
|
813 if (foundFile)
|
|
|
814 {
|
|
9
|
815 BufferSize = 0; /* GetHandleSize(GetTextData.theText); */
|
|
7
|
816 for (lineno = 0; lineno <= buf->b_ml.ml_line_count; lineno++)
|
|
|
817 {
|
|
|
818 /* Must use the right buffer */
|
|
|
819 line = ml_get_buf(buf, (linenr_T) lineno, FALSE);
|
|
|
820 linesize = STRLEN(line) + 1;
|
|
|
821 lineStart = BufferSize;
|
|
|
822 BufferSize += linesize;
|
|
|
823 /* Resize handle to linesize+1 to include the linefeed */
|
|
9
|
824 SetHandleSize(GetTextData.theText, BufferSize);
|
|
|
825 if (GetHandleSize(GetTextData.theText) != BufferSize)
|
|
7
|
826 {
|
|
|
827 break; /* Simple handling for now */
|
|
|
828 }
|
|
|
829 else
|
|
|
830 {
|
|
9
|
831 HLock(GetTextData.theText);
|
|
7
|
832 fullbuffer = (char_u *) *GetTextData.theText;
|
|
9
|
833 STRCPY((char_u *)(fullbuffer + lineStart), line);
|
|
7
|
834 fullbuffer[BufferSize-1] = '\r';
|
|
9
|
835 HUnlock(GetTextData.theText);
|
|
7
|
836 }
|
|
|
837 }
|
|
|
838 if (fullbuffer != NULL)
|
|
|
839 {
|
|
9
|
840 HLock(GetTextData.theText);
|
|
7
|
841 fullbuffer[BufferSize-1] = 0;
|
|
9
|
842 HUnlock(GetTextData.theText);
|
|
7
|
843 }
|
|
|
844 if (foundFile == false)
|
|
|
845 *GetTextData.theDate = fnfErr;
|
|
|
846 else
|
|
9
|
847 /* *GetTextData.theDate = time(NULL) & (time_t) 0xFFFFFFF0;*/
|
|
7
|
848 *GetTextData.theDate = buf->b_mtime;
|
|
|
849 }
|
|
9
|
850
|
|
|
851 error = HandleUnusedParms(theAEvent);
|
|
1107
|
852
|
|
|
853 return error;
|
|
7
|
854 }
|
|
|
855
|
|
|
856 /*
|
|
|
857 *
|
|
|
858 */
|
|
|
859
|
|
|
860 /* Taken from MoreAppleEvents:ProcessHelpers*/
|
|
593
|
861 pascal OSErr
|
|
|
862 FindProcessBySignature(
|
|
|
863 const OSType targetType,
|
|
|
864 const OSType targetCreator,
|
|
|
865 ProcessSerialNumberPtr psnPtr)
|
|
7
|
866 {
|
|
|
867 OSErr anErr = noErr;
|
|
|
868 Boolean lookingForProcess = true;
|
|
|
869
|
|
|
870 ProcessInfoRec infoRec;
|
|
|
871
|
|
9
|
872 infoRec.processInfoLength = sizeof(ProcessInfoRec);
|
|
7
|
873 infoRec.processName = nil;
|
|
|
874 infoRec.processAppSpec = nil;
|
|
|
875
|
|
|
876 psnPtr->lowLongOfPSN = kNoProcess;
|
|
|
877 psnPtr->highLongOfPSN = kNoProcess;
|
|
|
878
|
|
9
|
879 while (lookingForProcess)
|
|
7
|
880 {
|
|
9
|
881 anErr = GetNextProcess(psnPtr);
|
|
|
882 if (anErr != noErr)
|
|
7
|
883 lookingForProcess = false;
|
|
|
884 else
|
|
|
885 {
|
|
9
|
886 anErr = GetProcessInformation(psnPtr, &infoRec);
|
|
|
887 if ((anErr == noErr)
|
|
|
888 && (infoRec.processType == targetType)
|
|
|
889 && (infoRec.processSignature == targetCreator))
|
|
7
|
890 lookingForProcess = false;
|
|
|
891 }
|
|
|
892 }
|
|
|
893
|
|
|
894 return anErr;
|
|
|
895 }//end FindProcessBySignature
|
|
|
896
|
|
9
|
897 void
|
|
|
898 Send_KAHL_MOD_AE(buf_T *buf)
|
|
7
|
899 {
|
|
9
|
900 OSErr anErr = noErr;
|
|
|
901 AEDesc targetAppDesc = { typeNull, nil };
|
|
7
|
902 ProcessSerialNumber psn = { kNoProcess, kNoProcess };
|
|
|
903 AppleEvent theReply = { typeNull, nil };
|
|
|
904 AESendMode sendMode;
|
|
|
905 AppleEvent theEvent = {typeNull, nil };
|
|
|
906 AEIdleUPP idleProcUPP = nil;
|
|
|
907 ModificationInfo ModData;
|
|
|
908
|
|
|
909
|
|
9
|
910 anErr = FindProcessBySignature('APPL', 'CWIE', &psn);
|
|
|
911 if (anErr == noErr)
|
|
7
|
912 {
|
|
9
|
913 anErr = AECreateDesc(typeProcessSerialNumber, &psn,
|
|
|
914 sizeof(ProcessSerialNumber), &targetAppDesc);
|
|
|
915
|
|
|
916 if (anErr == noErr)
|
|
7
|
917 {
|
|
|
918 anErr = AECreateAppleEvent( 'KAHL', 'MOD ', &targetAppDesc,
|
|
|
919 kAutoGenerateReturnID, kAnyTransactionID, &theEvent);
|
|
|
920 }
|
|
|
921
|
|
9
|
922 AEDisposeDesc(&targetAppDesc);
|
|
7
|
923
|
|
|
924 /* Add the parms */
|
|
|
925 ModData.theFile = buf->b_FSSpec;
|
|
|
926 ModData.theDate = buf->b_mtime;
|
|
|
927
|
|
|
928 if (anErr == noErr)
|
|
9
|
929 anErr = AEPutParamPtr(&theEvent, keyDirectObject, typeChar, &ModData, sizeof(ModData));
|
|
|
930
|
|
|
931 if (idleProcUPP == nil)
|
|
7
|
932 sendMode = kAENoReply;
|
|
|
933 else
|
|
|
934 sendMode = kAEWaitReply;
|
|
|
935
|
|
9
|
936 if (anErr == noErr)
|
|
|
937 anErr = AESend(&theEvent, &theReply, sendMode, kAENormalPriority, kNoTimeOut, idleProcUPP, nil);
|
|
|
938 if (anErr == noErr && sendMode == kAEWaitReply)
|
|
7
|
939 {
|
|
9
|
940 /* anErr = AEHGetHandlerError(&theReply);*/
|
|
7
|
941 }
|
|
9
|
942 (void) AEDisposeDesc(&theReply);
|
|
7
|
943 }
|
|
|
944 }
|
|
|
945 #endif /* FEAT_CW_EDITOR */
|
|
|
946
|
|
|
947 /*
|
|
|
948 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
949 * Apple Event Handling procedure
|
|
|
950 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
951 */
|
|
|
952 #ifdef USE_AEVENT
|
|
|
953
|
|
|
954 /*
|
|
|
955 * Handle the Unused parms of an AppleEvent
|
|
|
956 */
|
|
|
957
|
|
9
|
958 OSErr
|
|
|
959 HandleUnusedParms(const AppleEvent *theAEvent)
|
|
7
|
960 {
|
|
|
961 OSErr error;
|
|
|
962 long actualSize;
|
|
|
963 DescType dummyType;
|
|
|
964 AEKeyword missedKeyword;
|
|
|
965
|
|
|
966 /* Get the "missed keyword" attribute from the AppleEvent. */
|
|
|
967 error = AEGetAttributePtr(theAEvent, keyMissedKeywordAttr,
|
|
|
968 typeKeyword, &dummyType,
|
|
|
969 (Ptr)&missedKeyword, sizeof(missedKeyword),
|
|
|
970 &actualSize);
|
|
|
971
|
|
|
972 /* If the descriptor isn't found, then we got the required parameters. */
|
|
|
973 if (error == errAEDescNotFound)
|
|
|
974 {
|
|
|
975 error = noErr;
|
|
|
976 }
|
|
|
977 else
|
|
|
978 {
|
|
|
979 #if 0
|
|
|
980 /* Why is this removed? */
|
|
|
981 error = errAEEventNotHandled;
|
|
|
982 #endif
|
|
|
983 }
|
|
|
984
|
|
|
985 return error;
|
|
|
986 }
|
|
|
987
|
|
|
988
|
|
|
989 /*
|
|
|
990 * Handle the ODoc AppleEvent
|
|
|
991 *
|
|
|
992 * Deals with all files dragged to the application icon.
|
|
|
993 *
|
|
|
994 */
|
|
|
995
|
|
|
996 typedef struct SelectionRange SelectionRange;
|
|
|
997 struct SelectionRange /* for handling kCoreClassEvent:kOpenDocuments:keyAEPosition typeChar */
|
|
|
998 {
|
|
|
999 short unused1; // 0 (not used)
|
|
|
1000 short lineNum; // line to select (<0 to specify range)
|
|
|
1001 long startRange; // start of selection range (if line < 0)
|
|
|
1002 long endRange; // end of selection range (if line < 0)
|
|
|
1003 long unused2; // 0 (not used)
|
|
|
1004 long theDate; // modification date/time
|
|
|
1005 };
|
|
|
1006
|
|
|
1007 /* The IDE uses the optional keyAEPosition parameter to tell the ed-
|
|
|
1008 itor the selection range. If lineNum is zero or greater, scroll the text
|
|
|
1009 to the specified line. If lineNum is less than zero, use the values in
|
|
|
1010 startRange and endRange to select the specified characters. Scroll
|
|
|
1011 the text to display the selection. If lineNum, startRange, and
|
|
|
1012 endRange are all negative, there is no selection range specified.
|
|
|
1013 */
|
|
|
1014
|
|
9
|
1015 pascal OSErr
|
|
|
1016 HandleODocAE(const AppleEvent *theAEvent, AppleEvent *theReply, long refCon)
|
|
7
|
1017 {
|
|
|
1018 /*
|
|
|
1019 * TODO: Clean up the code with convert the AppleEvent into
|
|
|
1020 * a ":args"
|
|
|
1021 */
|
|
|
1022 OSErr error = noErr;
|
|
|
1023 // OSErr firstError = noErr;
|
|
|
1024 // short numErrors = 0;
|
|
|
1025 AEDesc theList;
|
|
|
1026 DescType typeCode;
|
|
|
1027 long numFiles;
|
|
|
1028 // long fileCount;
|
|
|
1029 char_u **fnames;
|
|
|
1030 // char_u fname[256];
|
|
|
1031 Size actualSize;
|
|
|
1032 SelectionRange thePosition;
|
|
|
1033 short gotPosition = false;
|
|
|
1034 long lnum;
|
|
|
1035
|
|
|
1036 /* the direct object parameter is the list of aliases to files (one or more) */
|
|
|
1037 error = AEGetParamDesc(theAEvent, keyDirectObject, typeAEList, &theList);
|
|
|
1038 if (error)
|
|
1107
|
1039 return error;
|
|
7
|
1040
|
|
|
1041
|
|
|
1042 error = AEGetParamPtr(theAEvent, keyAEPosition, typeChar, &typeCode, (Ptr) &thePosition, sizeof(SelectionRange), &actualSize);
|
|
|
1043 if (error == noErr)
|
|
|
1044 gotPosition = true;
|
|
|
1045 if (error == errAEDescNotFound)
|
|
|
1046 error = noErr;
|
|
|
1047 if (error)
|
|
1107
|
1048 return error;
|
|
7
|
1049
|
|
|
1050 /*
|
|
|
1051 error = AEGetParamDesc(theAEvent, keyAEPosition, typeChar, &thePosition);
|
|
|
1052
|
|
|
1053 if (^error) then
|
|
|
1054 {
|
|
|
1055 if (thePosition.lineNum >= 0)
|
|
|
1056 {
|
|
|
1057 // Goto this line
|
|
|
1058 }
|
|
|
1059 else
|
|
|
1060 {
|
|
|
1061 // Set the range char wise
|
|
|
1062 }
|
|
|
1063 }
|
|
|
1064 */
|
|
|
1065
|
|
|
1066
|
|
|
1067 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
|
1068 reset_VIsual();
|
|
|
1069 #endif
|
|
|
1070
|
|
|
1071 fnames = new_fnames_from_AEDesc(&theList, &numFiles, &error);
|
|
|
1072
|
|
|
1073 if (error)
|
|
|
1074 {
|
|
|
1075 /* TODO: empty fnames[] first */
|
|
|
1076 vim_free(fnames);
|
|
|
1077 return (error);
|
|
|
1078 }
|
|
|
1079
|
|
|
1080 if (starting > 0)
|
|
|
1081 {
|
|
|
1082 int i;
|
|
|
1083 char_u *p;
|
|
1409
|
1084 int fnum = -1;
|
|
7
|
1085
|
|
|
1086 /* these are the initial files dropped on the Vim icon */
|
|
|
1087 for (i = 0 ; i < numFiles; i++)
|
|
|
1088 {
|
|
|
1089 if (ga_grow(&global_alist.al_ga, 1) == FAIL
|
|
|
1090 || (p = vim_strsave(fnames[i])) == NULL)
|
|
|
1091 mch_exit(2);
|
|
|
1092 else
|
|
|
1093 alist_add(&global_alist, p, 2);
|
|
1409
|
1094 if (fnum == -1)
|
|
|
1095 fnum = GARGLIST[GARGCOUNT - 1].ae_fnum;
|
|
|
1096 }
|
|
|
1097
|
|
|
1098 /* If the file name was already in the buffer list we need to switch
|
|
|
1099 * to it. */
|
|
|
1100 if (curbuf->b_fnum != fnum)
|
|
|
1101 {
|
|
|
1102 char_u cmd[30];
|
|
|
1103
|
|
|
1104 vim_snprintf((char *)cmd, 30, "silent %dbuffer", fnum);
|
|
|
1105 do_cmdline_cmd(cmd);
|
|
7
|
1106 }
|
|
816
|
1107
|
|
|
1108 /* Change directory to the location of the first file. */
|
|
|
1109 if (GARGCOUNT > 0 && vim_chdirfile(alist_name(&GARGLIST[0])) == OK)
|
|
|
1110 shorten_fnames(TRUE);
|
|
|
1111
|
|
7
|
1112 goto finished;
|
|
|
1113 }
|
|
|
1114
|
|
|
1115 /* Handle the drop, :edit to get to the file */
|
|
|
1116 handle_drop(numFiles, fnames, FALSE);
|
|
|
1117
|
|
|
1118 /* TODO: Handle the goto/select line more cleanly */
|
|
|
1119 if ((numFiles == 1) & (gotPosition))
|
|
|
1120 {
|
|
|
1121 if (thePosition.lineNum >= 0)
|
|
|
1122 {
|
|
37
|
1123 lnum = thePosition.lineNum + 1;
|
|
7
|
1124 /* oap->motion_type = MLINE;
|
|
|
1125 setpcmark();*/
|
|
|
1126 if (lnum < 1L)
|
|
|
1127 lnum = 1L;
|
|
|
1128 else if (lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
1129 lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
|
1130 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
|
|
37
|
1131 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
7
|
1132 /* beginline(BL_SOL | BL_FIX);*/
|
|
|
1133 }
|
|
|
1134 else
|
|
|
1135 goto_byte(thePosition.startRange + 1);
|
|
|
1136 }
|
|
|
1137
|
|
|
1138 /* Update the screen display */
|
|
|
1139 update_screen(NOT_VALID);
|
|
37
|
1140 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
|
1141 /* Select the text if possible */
|
|
|
1142 if (gotPosition)
|
|
|
1143 {
|
|
168
|
1144 VIsual_active = TRUE;
|
|
|
1145 VIsual_select = FALSE;
|
|
|
1146 VIsual = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
1147 if (thePosition.lineNum < 0)
|
|
37
|
1148 {
|
|
168
|
1149 VIsual_mode = 'v';
|
|
|
1150 goto_byte(thePosition.endRange);
|
|
|
1151 }
|
|
|
1152 else
|
|
37
|
1153 {
|
|
168
|
1154 VIsual_mode = 'V';
|
|
|
1155 VIsual.col = 0;
|
|
|
1156 }
|
|
37
|
1157 }
|
|
|
1158 #endif
|
|
7
|
1159 setcursor();
|
|
|
1160 out_flush();
|
|
|
1161
|
|
37
|
1162 /* Fake mouse event to wake from stall */
|
|
|
1163 PostEvent(mouseUp, 0);
|
|
|
1164
|
|
1107
|
1165 finished:
|
|
7
|
1166 AEDisposeDesc(&theList); /* dispose what we allocated */
|
|
|
1167
|
|
9
|
1168 error = HandleUnusedParms(theAEvent);
|
|
1107
|
1169 return error;
|
|
7
|
1170 }
|
|
|
1171
|
|
|
1172 /*
|
|
|
1173 *
|
|
|
1174 */
|
|
|
1175
|
|
9
|
1176 pascal OSErr
|
|
593
|
1177 Handle_aevt_oapp_AE(
|
|
|
1178 const AppleEvent *theAEvent,
|
|
|
1179 AppleEvent *theReply,
|
|
|
1180 long refCon)
|
|
7
|
1181 {
|
|
|
1182 OSErr error = noErr;
|
|
|
1183
|
|
9
|
1184 error = HandleUnusedParms(theAEvent);
|
|
1107
|
1185 return error;
|
|
7
|
1186 }
|
|
|
1187
|
|
|
1188 /*
|
|
|
1189 *
|
|
|
1190 */
|
|
|
1191
|
|
9
|
1192 pascal OSErr
|
|
593
|
1193 Handle_aevt_quit_AE(
|
|
|
1194 const AppleEvent *theAEvent,
|
|
|
1195 AppleEvent *theReply,
|
|
|
1196 long refCon)
|
|
7
|
1197 {
|
|
|
1198 OSErr error = noErr;
|
|
|
1199
|
|
9
|
1200 error = HandleUnusedParms(theAEvent);
|
|
7
|
1201 if (error)
|
|
1107
|
1202 return error;
|
|
7
|
1203
|
|
|
1204 /* Need to fake a :confirm qa */
|
|
|
1205 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"confirm qa");
|
|
|
1206
|
|
1107
|
1207 return error;
|
|
7
|
1208 }
|
|
|
1209
|
|
|
1210 /*
|
|
|
1211 *
|
|
|
1212 */
|
|
|
1213
|
|
9
|
1214 pascal OSErr
|
|
593
|
1215 Handle_aevt_pdoc_AE(
|
|
|
1216 const AppleEvent *theAEvent,
|
|
|
1217 AppleEvent *theReply,
|
|
|
1218 long refCon)
|
|
7
|
1219 {
|
|
|
1220 OSErr error = noErr;
|
|
|
1221
|
|
9
|
1222 error = HandleUnusedParms(theAEvent);
|
|
1107
|
1223
|
|
|
1224 return error;
|
|
7
|
1225 }
|
|
|
1226
|
|
|
1227 /*
|
|
|
1228 * Handling of unknown AppleEvent
|
|
|
1229 *
|
|
|
1230 * (Just get rid of all the parms)
|
|
|
1231 */
|
|
9
|
1232 pascal OSErr
|
|
593
|
1233 Handle_unknown_AE(
|
|
|
1234 const AppleEvent *theAEvent,
|
|
|
1235 AppleEvent *theReply,
|
|
|
1236 long refCon)
|
|
7
|
1237 {
|
|
|
1238 OSErr error = noErr;
|
|
|
1239
|
|
9
|
1240 error = HandleUnusedParms(theAEvent);
|
|
1107
|
1241
|
|
|
1242 return error;
|
|
7
|
1243 }
|
|
|
1244
|
|
|
1245
|
|
|
1246 /*
|
|
|
1247 * Install the various AppleEvent Handlers
|
|
|
1248 */
|
|
9
|
1249 OSErr
|
|
|
1250 InstallAEHandlers(void)
|
|
7
|
1251 {
|
|
|
1252 OSErr error;
|
|
|
1253
|
|
|
1254 /* install open application handler */
|
|
|
1255 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kCoreEventClass, kAEOpenApplication,
|
|
593
|
1256 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_aevt_oapp_AE), 0, false);
|
|
7
|
1257 if (error)
|
|
|
1258 {
|
|
|
1259 return error;
|
|
|
1260 }
|
|
|
1261
|
|
|
1262 /* install quit application handler */
|
|
|
1263 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kCoreEventClass, kAEQuitApplication,
|
|
593
|
1264 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_aevt_quit_AE), 0, false);
|
|
7
|
1265 if (error)
|
|
|
1266 {
|
|
|
1267 return error;
|
|
|
1268 }
|
|
|
1269
|
|
|
1270 /* install open document handler */
|
|
|
1271 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kCoreEventClass, kAEOpenDocuments,
|
|
593
|
1272 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(HandleODocAE), 0, false);
|
|
7
|
1273 if (error)
|
|
|
1274 {
|
|
|
1275 return error;
|
|
|
1276 }
|
|
|
1277
|
|
|
1278 /* install print document handler */
|
|
|
1279 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kCoreEventClass, kAEPrintDocuments,
|
|
593
|
1280 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_aevt_pdoc_AE), 0, false);
|
|
7
|
1281
|
|
|
1282 /* Install Core Suite */
|
|
|
1283 /* error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAEClone,
|
|
593
|
1284 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false);
|
|
7
|
1285
|
|
|
1286 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAEClose,
|
|
593
|
1287 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false);
|
|
7
|
1288
|
|
|
1289 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAECountElements,
|
|
593
|
1290 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false);
|
|
7
|
1291
|
|
|
1292 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAECreateElement,
|
|
593
|
1293 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false);
|
|
7
|
1294
|
|
|
1295 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAEDelete,
|
|
593
|
1296 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false);
|
|
7
|
1297
|
|
|
1298 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAEDoObjectsExist,
|
|
593
|
1299 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false);
|
|
7
|
1300
|
|
|
1301 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAEGetData,
|
|
593
|
1302 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_unknown_AE), kAEGetData, false);
|
|
7
|
1303
|
|
|
1304 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAEGetDataSize,
|
|
593
|
1305 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_unknown_AE), kAEGetDataSize, false);
|
|
7
|
1306
|
|
|
1307 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAEGetClassInfo,
|
|
593
|
1308 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false);
|
|
7
|
1309
|
|
|
1310 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAEGetEventInfo,
|
|
593
|
1311 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false);
|
|
7
|
1312
|
|
|
1313 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAEMove,
|
|
593
|
1314 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false);
|
|
7
|
1315
|
|
|
1316 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAESave,
|
|
593
|
1317 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false);
|
|
7
|
1318
|
|
|
1319 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAESetData,
|
|
593
|
1320 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false);
|
|
7
|
1321 */
|
|
|
1322
|
|
|
1323 #ifdef FEAT_CW_EDITOR
|
|
|
1324 /*
|
|
|
1325 * Bind codewarrior support handlers
|
|
|
1326 */
|
|
|
1327 error = AEInstallEventHandler('KAHL', 'GTTX',
|
|
593
|
1328 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_KAHL_GTTX_AE), 0, false);
|
|
7
|
1329 if (error)
|
|
|
1330 {
|
|
|
1331 return error;
|
|
|
1332 }
|
|
|
1333 error = AEInstallEventHandler('KAHL', 'SRCH',
|
|
593
|
1334 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_KAHL_SRCH_AE), 0, false);
|
|
7
|
1335 if (error)
|
|
|
1336 {
|
|
|
1337 return error;
|
|
|
1338 }
|
|
|
1339 error = AEInstallEventHandler('KAHL', 'MOD ',
|
|
593
|
1340 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_KAHL_MOD_AE), 0, false);
|
|
7
|
1341 if (error)
|
|
|
1342 {
|
|
|
1343 return error;
|
|
|
1344 }
|
|
|
1345 #endif
|
|
|
1346
|
|
|
1347 return error;
|
|
|
1348
|
|
|
1349 }
|
|
|
1350 #endif /* USE_AEVENT */
|
|
|
1351
|
|
13
|
1352
|
|
|
1353 /*
|
|
|
1354 * Callback function, installed by InstallFontPanelHandler(), below,
|
|
|
1355 * to handle Font Panel events.
|
|
|
1356 */
|
|
|
1357 static OSStatus
|
|
593
|
1358 FontPanelHandler(
|
|
|
1359 EventHandlerCallRef inHandlerCallRef,
|
|
|
1360 EventRef inEvent,
|
|
|
1361 void *inUserData)
|
|
13
|
1362 {
|
|
|
1363 if (GetEventKind(inEvent) == kEventFontPanelClosed)
|
|
|
1364 {
|
|
|
1365 gFontPanelInfo.isPanelVisible = false;
|
|
|
1366 return noErr;
|
|
|
1367 }
|
|
|
1368
|
|
|
1369 if (GetEventKind(inEvent) == kEventFontSelection)
|
|
|
1370 {
|
|
|
1371 OSStatus status;
|
|
|
1372 FMFontFamily newFamily;
|
|
|
1373 FMFontSize newSize;
|
|
|
1374 FMFontStyle newStyle;
|
|
|
1375
|
|
|
1376 /* Retrieve the font family ID number. */
|
|
|
1377 status = GetEventParameter(inEvent, kEventParamFMFontFamily,
|
|
|
1378 /*inDesiredType=*/typeFMFontFamily, /*outActualType=*/NULL,
|
|
|
1379 /*inBufferSize=*/sizeof(FMFontFamily), /*outActualSize=*/NULL,
|
|
|
1380 &newFamily);
|
|
|
1381 if (status == noErr)
|
|
|
1382 gFontPanelInfo.family = newFamily;
|
|
|
1383
|
|
|
1384 /* Retrieve the font size. */
|
|
|
1385 status = GetEventParameter(inEvent, kEventParamFMFontSize,
|
|
|
1386 typeFMFontSize, NULL, sizeof(FMFontSize), NULL, &newSize);
|
|
|
1387 if (status == noErr)
|
|
|
1388 gFontPanelInfo.size = newSize;
|
|
|
1389
|
|
|
1390 /* Retrieve the font style (bold, etc.). Currently unused. */
|
|
|
1391 status = GetEventParameter(inEvent, kEventParamFMFontStyle,
|
|
|
1392 typeFMFontStyle, NULL, sizeof(FMFontStyle), NULL, &newStyle);
|
|
|
1393 if (status == noErr)
|
|
|
1394 gFontPanelInfo.style = newStyle;
|
|
|
1395 }
|
|
|
1396 return noErr;
|
|
|
1397 }
|
|
|
1398
|
|
|
1399
|
|
|
1400 static void
|
|
593
|
1401 InstallFontPanelHandler(void)
|
|
13
|
1402 {
|
|
|
1403 EventTypeSpec eventTypes[2];
|
|
|
1404 EventHandlerUPP handlerUPP;
|
|
|
1405 /* EventHandlerRef handlerRef; */
|
|
|
1406
|
|
|
1407 eventTypes[0].eventClass = kEventClassFont;
|
|
|
1408 eventTypes[0].eventKind = kEventFontSelection;
|
|
|
1409 eventTypes[1].eventClass = kEventClassFont;
|
|
|
1410 eventTypes[1].eventKind = kEventFontPanelClosed;
|
|
|
1411
|
|
|
1412 handlerUPP = NewEventHandlerUPP(FontPanelHandler);
|
|
|
1413
|
|
|
1414 InstallApplicationEventHandler(handlerUPP, /*numTypes=*/2, eventTypes,
|
|
|
1415 /*userData=*/NULL, /*handlerRef=*/NULL);
|
|
|
1416 }
|
|
|
1417
|
|
|
1418
|
|
|
1419 /*
|
|
|
1420 * Fill the buffer pointed to by outName with the name and size
|
|
|
1421 * of the font currently selected in the Font Panel.
|
|
|
1422 */
|
|
168
|
1423 #define FONT_STYLE_BUFFER_SIZE 32
|
|
13
|
1424 static void
|
|
501
|
1425 GetFontPanelSelection(char_u *outName)
|
|
13
|
1426 {
|
|
168
|
1427 Str255 buf;
|
|
|
1428 ByteCount fontNameLen = 0;
|
|
|
1429 ATSUFontID fid;
|
|
|
1430 char_u styleString[FONT_STYLE_BUFFER_SIZE];
|
|
13
|
1431
|
|
|
1432 if (!outName)
|
|
|
1433 return;
|
|
|
1434
|
|
168
|
1435 if (FMGetFontFamilyName(gFontPanelInfo.family, buf) == noErr)
|
|
|
1436 {
|
|
|
1437 /* Canonicalize localized font names */
|
|
|
1438 if (FMGetFontFromFontFamilyInstance(gFontPanelInfo.family,
|
|
|
1439 gFontPanelInfo.style, &fid, NULL) != noErr)
|
|
|
1440 return;
|
|
|
1441
|
|
|
1442 /* Request font name with Mac encoding (otherwise we could
|
|
|
1443 * get an unwanted utf-16 name) */
|
|
|
1444 if (ATSUFindFontName(fid, kFontFullName, kFontMacintoshPlatform,
|
|
|
1445 kFontNoScriptCode, kFontNoLanguageCode,
|
|
501
|
1446 255, (char *)outName, &fontNameLen, NULL) != noErr)
|
|
168
|
1447 return;
|
|
|
1448
|
|
|
1449 /* Only encode font size, because style (bold, italic, etc) is
|
|
|
1450 * already part of the font full name */
|
|
501
|
1451 vim_snprintf((char *)styleString, FONT_STYLE_BUFFER_SIZE, ":h%d",
|
|
168
|
1452 gFontPanelInfo.size/*,
|
|
|
1453 ((gFontPanelInfo.style & bold)!=0 ? ":b" : ""),
|
|
|
1454 ((gFontPanelInfo.style & italic)!=0 ? ":i" : ""),
|
|
|
1455 ((gFontPanelInfo.style & underline)!=0 ? ":u" : "")*/);
|
|
|
1456
|
|
|
1457 if ((fontNameLen + STRLEN(styleString)) < 255)
|
|
|
1458 STRCPY(outName + fontNameLen, styleString);
|
|
|
1459 }
|
|
|
1460 else
|
|
|
1461 {
|
|
501
|
1462 *outName = NUL;
|
|
168
|
1463 }
|
|
13
|
1464 }
|
|
|
1465
|
|
|
1466
|
|
7
|
1467 /*
|
|
|
1468 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
1469 * Unfiled yet
|
|
|
1470 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
1471 */
|
|
|
1472
|
|
|
1473 /*
|
|
|
1474 * gui_mac_get_menu_item_index
|
|
|
1475 *
|
|
|
1476 * Returns the index inside the menu wher
|
|
|
1477 */
|
|
|
1478 short /* Shoulde we return MenuItemIndex? */
|
|
593
|
1479 gui_mac_get_menu_item_index(vimmenu_T *pMenu)
|
|
7
|
1480 {
|
|
|
1481 short index;
|
|
|
1482 short itemIndex = -1;
|
|
|
1483 vimmenu_T *pBrother;
|
|
|
1484
|
|
|
1485 /* Only menu without parent are the:
|
|
|
1486 * -menu in the menubar
|
|
|
1487 * -popup menu
|
|
|
1488 * -toolbar (guess)
|
|
|
1489 *
|
|
|
1490 * Which are not items anyway.
|
|
|
1491 */
|
|
|
1492 if (pMenu->parent)
|
|
|
1493 {
|
|
|
1494 /* Start from the Oldest Brother */
|
|
|
1495 pBrother = pMenu->parent->children;
|
|
|
1496 index = 1;
|
|
|
1497 while ((pBrother) && (itemIndex == -1))
|
|
|
1498 {
|
|
|
1499 if (pBrother == pMenu)
|
|
|
1500 itemIndex = index;
|
|
|
1501 index++;
|
|
|
1502 pBrother = pBrother->next;
|
|
|
1503 }
|
|
|
1504 }
|
|
|
1505 return itemIndex;
|
|
|
1506 }
|
|
|
1507
|
|
|
1508 static vimmenu_T *
|
|
593
|
1509 gui_mac_get_vim_menu(short menuID, short itemIndex, vimmenu_T *pMenu)
|
|
7
|
1510 {
|
|
|
1511 short index;
|
|
|
1512 vimmenu_T *pChildMenu;
|
|
|
1513 vimmenu_T *pElder = pMenu->parent;
|
|
|
1514
|
|
|
1515
|
|
|
1516 /* Only menu without parent are the:
|
|
|
1517 * -menu in the menubar
|
|
|
1518 * -popup menu
|
|
|
1519 * -toolbar (guess)
|
|
|
1520 *
|
|
|
1521 * Which are not items anyway.
|
|
|
1522 */
|
|
|
1523
|
|
|
1524 if ((pElder) && (pElder->submenu_id == menuID))
|
|
|
1525 {
|
|
|
1526 for (index = 1; (index != itemIndex) && (pMenu != NULL); index++)
|
|
|
1527 pMenu = pMenu->next;
|
|
|
1528 }
|
|
|
1529 else
|
|
|
1530 {
|
|
|
1531 for (; pMenu != NULL; pMenu = pMenu->next)
|
|
|
1532 {
|
|
|
1533 if (pMenu->children != NULL)
|
|
|
1534 {
|
|
|
1535 pChildMenu = gui_mac_get_vim_menu
|
|
|
1536 (menuID, itemIndex, pMenu->children);
|
|
|
1537 if (pChildMenu)
|
|
|
1538 {
|
|
|
1539 pMenu = pChildMenu;
|
|
|
1540 break;
|
|
|
1541 }
|
|
|
1542 }
|
|
|
1543 }
|
|
|
1544 }
|
|
|
1545 return pMenu;
|
|
|
1546 }
|
|
|
1547
|
|
|
1548 /*
|
|
|
1549 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
1550 * MacOS Feedback procedures
|
|
|
1551 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
1552 */
|
|
|
1553 pascal
|
|
|
1554 void
|
|
9
|
1555 gui_mac_drag_thumb(ControlHandle theControl, short partCode)
|
|
7
|
1556 {
|
|
|
1557 scrollbar_T *sb;
|
|
|
1558 int value, dragging;
|
|
|
1559 ControlHandle theControlToUse;
|
|
|
1560 int dont_scroll_save = dont_scroll;
|
|
|
1561
|
|
|
1562 theControlToUse = dragged_sb;
|
|
|
1563
|
|
9
|
1564 sb = gui_find_scrollbar((long) GetControlReference(theControlToUse));
|
|
7
|
1565
|
|
|
1566 if (sb == NULL)
|
|
|
1567 return;
|
|
|
1568
|
|
|
1569 /* Need to find value by diff between Old Poss New Pos */
|
|
9
|
1570 value = GetControl32BitValue(theControlToUse);
|
|
7
|
1571 dragging = (partCode != 0);
|
|
|
1572
|
|
|
1573 /* When "allow_scrollbar" is FALSE still need to remember the new
|
|
|
1574 * position, but don't actually scroll by setting "dont_scroll". */
|
|
|
1575 dont_scroll = !allow_scrollbar;
|
|
|
1576 gui_drag_scrollbar(sb, value, dragging);
|
|
|
1577 dont_scroll = dont_scroll_save;
|
|
|
1578 }
|
|
|
1579
|
|
|
1580 pascal
|
|
|
1581 void
|
|
9
|
1582 gui_mac_scroll_action(ControlHandle theControl, short partCode)
|
|
7
|
1583 {
|
|
|
1584 /* TODO: have live support */
|
|
|
1585 scrollbar_T *sb, *sb_info;
|
|
|
1586 long data;
|
|
|
1587 long value;
|
|
|
1588 int page;
|
|
|
1589 int dragging = FALSE;
|
|
|
1590 int dont_scroll_save = dont_scroll;
|
|
|
1591
|
|
9
|
1592 sb = gui_find_scrollbar((long)GetControlReference(theControl));
|
|
7
|
1593
|
|
|
1594 if (sb == NULL)
|
|
|
1595 return;
|
|
|
1596
|
|
|
1597 if (sb->wp != NULL) /* Left or right scrollbar */
|
|
|
1598 {
|
|
|
1599 /*
|
|
|
1600 * Careful: need to get scrollbar info out of first (left) scrollbar
|
|
|
1601 * for window, but keep real scrollbar too because we must pass it to
|
|
|
1602 * gui_drag_scrollbar().
|
|
|
1603 */
|
|
|
1604 sb_info = &sb->wp->w_scrollbars[0];
|
|
|
1605
|
|
|
1606 if (sb_info->size > 5)
|
|
|
1607 page = sb_info->size - 2; /* use two lines of context */
|
|
|
1608 else
|
|
|
1609 page = sb_info->size;
|
|
|
1610 }
|
|
|
1611 else /* Bottom scrollbar */
|
|
|
1612 {
|
|
|
1613 sb_info = sb;
|
|
|
1614 page = W_WIDTH(curwin) - 5;
|
|
|
1615 }
|
|
|
1616
|
|
|
1617 switch (partCode)
|
|
|
1618 {
|
|
|
1619 case kControlUpButtonPart: data = -1; break;
|
|
|
1620 case kControlDownButtonPart: data = 1; break;
|
|
|
1621 case kControlPageDownPart: data = page; break;
|
|
|
1622 case kControlPageUpPart: data = -page; break;
|
|
|
1623 default: data = 0; break;
|
|
|
1624 }
|
|
|
1625
|
|
|
1626 value = sb_info->value + data;
|
|
|
1627 /* if (value > sb_info->max)
|
|
|
1628 value = sb_info->max;
|
|
|
1629 else if (value < 0)
|
|
|
1630 value = 0;*/
|
|
|
1631
|
|
|
1632 /* When "allow_scrollbar" is FALSE still need to remember the new
|
|
|
1633 * position, but don't actually scroll by setting "dont_scroll". */
|
|
|
1634 dont_scroll = !allow_scrollbar;
|
|
|
1635 gui_drag_scrollbar(sb, value, dragging);
|
|
|
1636 dont_scroll = dont_scroll_save;
|
|
|
1637
|
|
|
1638 out_flush();
|
|
|
1639 gui_mch_set_scrollbar_thumb(sb, value, sb_info->size, sb_info->max);
|
|
|
1640
|
|
|
1641 /* if (sb_info->wp != NULL)
|
|
|
1642 {
|
|
|
1643 win_T *wp;
|
|
|
1644 int sb_num;
|
|
|
1645
|
|
|
1646 sb_num = 0;
|
|
|
1647 for (wp = firstwin; wp != sb->wp && wp != NULL; wp = W_NEXT(wp))
|
|
|
1648 sb_num++;
|
|
|
1649
|
|
|
1650 if (wp != NULL)
|
|
|
1651 {
|
|
|
1652 current_scrollbar = sb_num;
|
|
|
1653 scrollbar_value = value;
|
|
|
1654 gui_do_scroll();
|
|
|
1655 gui_mch_set_scrollbar_thumb(sb, value, sb_info->size, sb_info->max);
|
|
|
1656 }
|
|
|
1657 }*/
|
|
|
1658 }
|
|
|
1659
|
|
|
1660 /*
|
|
|
1661 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
1662 * MacOS Click Handling procedures
|
|
|
1663 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
1664 */
|
|
|
1665
|
|
|
1666
|
|
|
1667 /*
|
|
|
1668 * Handle a click inside the window, it may happens in the
|
|
|
1669 * scrollbar or the contents.
|
|
|
1670 *
|
|
|
1671 * TODO: Add support for potential TOOLBAR
|
|
|
1672 */
|
|
|
1673 void
|
|
593
|
1674 gui_mac_doInContentClick(EventRecord *theEvent, WindowPtr whichWindow)
|
|
7
|
1675 {
|
|
|
1676 Point thePoint;
|
|
|
1677 int_u vimModifiers;
|
|
|
1678 short thePortion;
|
|
|
1679 ControlHandle theControl;
|
|
|
1680 int vimMouseButton;
|
|
|
1681 short dblClick;
|
|
|
1682
|
|
|
1683 thePoint = theEvent->where;
|
|
9
|
1684 GlobalToLocal(&thePoint);
|
|
|
1685 SelectWindow(whichWindow);
|
|
|
1686
|
|
|
1687 thePortion = FindControl(thePoint, whichWindow, &theControl);
|
|
7
|
1688
|
|
|
1689 if (theControl != NUL)
|
|
|
1690 {
|
|
|
1691 /* We hit a scollbar */
|
|
|
1692
|
|
|
1693 if (thePortion != kControlIndicatorPart)
|
|
|
1694 {
|
|
|
1695 dragged_sb = theControl;
|
|
|
1696 TrackControl(theControl, thePoint, gScrollAction);
|
|
|
1697 dragged_sb = NULL;
|
|
|
1698 }
|
|
|
1699 else
|
|
|
1700 {
|
|
|
1701 dragged_sb = theControl;
|
|
|
1702 #if 1
|
|
|
1703 TrackControl(theControl, thePoint, gScrollDrag);
|
|
|
1704 #else
|
|
|
1705 TrackControl(theControl, thePoint, NULL);
|
|
|
1706 #endif
|
|
|
1707 /* pass 0 as the part to tell gui_mac_drag_thumb, that the mouse
|
|
|
1708 * button has been released */
|
|
9
|
1709 gui_mac_drag_thumb(theControl, 0); /* Should it be thePortion ? (Dany) */
|
|
7
|
1710 dragged_sb = NULL;
|
|
|
1711 }
|
|
|
1712 }
|
|
|
1713 else
|
|
|
1714 {
|
|
|
1715 /* We are inside the contents */
|
|
|
1716
|
|
|
1717 /* Convert the CTRL, OPTION, SHIFT and CMD key */
|
|
|
1718 vimModifiers = EventModifiers2VimMouseModifiers(theEvent->modifiers);
|
|
|
1719
|
|
|
1720 /* Defaults to MOUSE_LEFT as there's only one mouse button */
|
|
|
1721 vimMouseButton = MOUSE_LEFT;
|
|
|
1722
|
|
|
1723 /* Convert the CTRL_MOUSE_LEFT to MOUSE_RIGHT */
|
|
593
|
1724 /* TODO: NEEDED? */
|
|
7
|
1725 clickIsPopup = FALSE;
|
|
|
1726
|
|
1292
|
1727 if (mouse_model_popup() && IsShowContextualMenuClick(theEvent))
|
|
|
1728 {
|
|
|
1729 vimMouseButton = MOUSE_RIGHT;
|
|
|
1730 vimModifiers &= ~MOUSE_CTRL;
|
|
|
1731 clickIsPopup = TRUE;
|
|
|
1732 }
|
|
7
|
1733
|
|
|
1734 /* Is it a double click ? */
|
|
|
1735 dblClick = ((theEvent->when - lastMouseTick) < GetDblTime());
|
|
|
1736
|
|
593
|
1737 /* Send the mouse click to Vim */
|
|
7
|
1738 gui_send_mouse_event(vimMouseButton, thePoint.h,
|
|
|
1739 thePoint.v, dblClick, vimModifiers);
|
|
|
1740
|
|
|
1741 /* Create the rectangle around the cursor to detect
|
|
|
1742 * the mouse dragging
|
|
|
1743 */
|
|
|
1744 #if 0
|
|
|
1745 /* TODO: Do we need to this even for the contextual menu?
|
|
|
1746 * It may be require for popup_setpos, but for popup?
|
|
|
1747 */
|
|
|
1748 if (vimMouseButton == MOUSE_LEFT)
|
|
|
1749 #endif
|
|
|
1750 {
|
|
9
|
1751 SetRect(&dragRect, FILL_X(X_2_COL(thePoint.h)),
|
|
7
|
1752 FILL_Y(Y_2_ROW(thePoint.v)),
|
|
|
1753 FILL_X(X_2_COL(thePoint.h)+1),
|
|
|
1754 FILL_Y(Y_2_ROW(thePoint.v)+1));
|
|
|
1755
|
|
|
1756 dragRectEnbl = TRUE;
|
|
|
1757 dragRectControl = kCreateRect;
|
|
|
1758 }
|
|
|
1759 }
|
|
|
1760 }
|
|
|
1761
|
|
|
1762 /*
|
|
|
1763 * Handle the click in the titlebar (to move the window)
|
|
|
1764 */
|
|
|
1765 void
|
|
593
|
1766 gui_mac_doInDragClick(Point where, WindowPtr whichWindow)
|
|
7
|
1767 {
|
|
|
1768 Rect movingLimits;
|
|
|
1769 Rect *movingLimitsPtr = &movingLimits;
|
|
|
1770
|
|
|
1771 /* TODO: may try to prevent move outside screen? */
|
|
9
|
1772 movingLimitsPtr = GetRegionBounds(GetGrayRgn(), &movingLimits);
|
|
|
1773 DragWindow(whichWindow, where, movingLimitsPtr);
|
|
7
|
1774 }
|
|
|
1775
|
|
|
1776 /*
|
|
|
1777 * Handle the click in the grow box
|
|
|
1778 */
|
|
|
1779 void
|
|
593
|
1780 gui_mac_doInGrowClick(Point where, WindowPtr whichWindow)
|
|
7
|
1781 {
|
|
|
1782
|
|
|
1783 long newSize;
|
|
|
1784 unsigned short newWidth;
|
|
|
1785 unsigned short newHeight;
|
|
|
1786 Rect resizeLimits;
|
|
|
1787 Rect *resizeLimitsPtr = &resizeLimits;
|
|
|
1788 Rect NewContentRect;
|
|
|
1789
|
|
9
|
1790 resizeLimitsPtr = GetRegionBounds(GetGrayRgn(), &resizeLimits);
|
|
7
|
1791
|
|
1212
|
1792 /* Set the minimum size */
|
|
7
|
1793 /* TODO: Should this come from Vim? */
|
|
|
1794 resizeLimits.top = 100;
|
|
|
1795 resizeLimits.left = 100;
|
|
|
1796
|
|
|
1797 newSize = ResizeWindow(whichWindow, where, &resizeLimits, &NewContentRect);
|
|
|
1798 newWidth = NewContentRect.right - NewContentRect.left;
|
|
|
1799 newHeight = NewContentRect.bottom - NewContentRect.top;
|
|
|
1800 gui_resize_shell(newWidth, newHeight);
|
|
|
1801 gui_mch_set_bg_color(gui.back_pixel);
|
|
812
|
1802 gui_set_shellsize(TRUE, FALSE, RESIZE_BOTH);
|
|
7
|
1803 }
|
|
|
1804
|
|
|
1805 /*
|
|
|
1806 * Handle the click in the zoom box
|
|
|
1807 */
|
|
|
1808 static void
|
|
593
|
1809 gui_mac_doInZoomClick(EventRecord *theEvent, WindowPtr whichWindow)
|
|
7
|
1810 {
|
|
|
1811 Rect r;
|
|
|
1812 Point p;
|
|
|
1813 short thePart;
|
|
|
1814
|
|
|
1815 /* ideal width is current */
|
|
|
1816 p.h = Columns * gui.char_width + 2 * gui.border_offset;
|
|
|
1817 if (gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_LEFT])
|
|
|
1818 p.h += gui.scrollbar_width;
|
|
|
1819 if (gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_RIGHT])
|
|
|
1820 p.h += gui.scrollbar_width;
|
|
|
1821 /* ideal height is as heigh as we can get */
|
|
|
1822 p.v = 15 * 1024;
|
|
|
1823
|
|
|
1824 thePart = IsWindowInStandardState(whichWindow, &p, &r)
|
|
|
1825 ? inZoomIn : inZoomOut;
|
|
|
1826
|
|
|
1827 if (!TrackBox(whichWindow, theEvent->where, thePart))
|
|
|
1828 return;
|
|
|
1829
|
|
|
1830 /* use returned width */
|
|
|
1831 p.h = r.right - r.left;
|
|
|
1832 /* adjust returned height */
|
|
|
1833 p.v = r.bottom - r.top - 2 * gui.border_offset;
|
|
|
1834 if (gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_BOTTOM])
|
|
|
1835 p.v -= gui.scrollbar_height;
|
|
|
1836 p.v -= p.v % gui.char_height;
|
|
|
1837 p.v += 2 * gui.border_width;
|
|
|
1838 if (gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_BOTTOM]);
|
|
|
1839 p.v += gui.scrollbar_height;
|
|
|
1840
|
|
|
1841 ZoomWindowIdeal(whichWindow, thePart, &p);
|
|
|
1842
|
|
|
1843 GetWindowBounds(whichWindow, kWindowContentRgn, &r);
|
|
|
1844 gui_resize_shell(r.right - r.left, r.bottom - r.top);
|
|
|
1845 gui_mch_set_bg_color(gui.back_pixel);
|
|
812
|
1846 gui_set_shellsize(TRUE, FALSE, RESIZE_BOTH);
|
|
7
|
1847 }
|
|
|
1848
|
|
|
1849 /*
|
|
|
1850 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
1851 * MacOS Event Handling procedure
|
|
|
1852 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
1853 */
|
|
|
1854
|
|
|
1855 /*
|
|
|
1856 * Handle the Update Event
|
|
|
1857 */
|
|
|
1858
|
|
|
1859 void
|
|
593
|
1860 gui_mac_doUpdateEvent(EventRecord *event)
|
|
7
|
1861 {
|
|
|
1862 WindowPtr whichWindow;
|
|
|
1863 GrafPtr savePort;
|
|
|
1864 RgnHandle updateRgn;
|
|
|
1865 Rect updateRect;
|
|
|
1866 Rect *updateRectPtr;
|
|
|
1867 Rect rc;
|
|
|
1868 Rect growRect;
|
|
|
1869 RgnHandle saveRgn;
|
|
|
1870
|
|
|
1871
|
|
|
1872 updateRgn = NewRgn();
|
|
|
1873 if (updateRgn == NULL)
|
|
|
1874 return;
|
|
|
1875
|
|
|
1876 /* This could be done by the caller as we
|
|
|
1877 * don't require anything else out of the event
|
|
|
1878 */
|
|
|
1879 whichWindow = (WindowPtr) event->message;
|
|
|
1880
|
|
|
1881 /* Save Current Port */
|
|
9
|
1882 GetPort(&savePort);
|
|
7
|
1883
|
|
|
1884 /* Select the Window's Port */
|
|
9
|
1885 SetPortWindowPort(whichWindow);
|
|
7
|
1886
|
|
|
1887 /* Let's update the window */
|
|
9
|
1888 BeginUpdate(whichWindow);
|
|
7
|
1889 /* Redraw the biggest rectangle covering the area
|
|
|
1890 * to be updated.
|
|
|
1891 */
|
|
|
1892 GetPortVisibleRegion(GetWindowPort(whichWindow), updateRgn);
|
|
|
1893 # if 0
|
|
1212
|
1894 /* Would be more appropriate to use the following but doesn't
|
|
7
|
1895 * seem to work under MacOS X (Dany)
|
|
|
1896 */
|
|
|
1897 GetWindowRegion(whichWindow, kWindowUpdateRgn, updateRgn);
|
|
|
1898 # endif
|
|
593
|
1899
|
|
7
|
1900 /* Use the HLock useless in Carbon? Is it harmful?*/
|
|
9
|
1901 HLock((Handle) updateRgn);
|
|
593
|
1902
|
|
9
|
1903 updateRectPtr = GetRegionBounds(updateRgn, &updateRect);
|
|
7
|
1904 # if 0
|
|
|
1905 /* Code from original Carbon Port (using GetWindowRegion.
|
|
|
1906 * I believe the UpdateRgn is already in local (Dany)
|
|
|
1907 */
|
|
|
1908 GlobalToLocal(&topLeft(updateRect)); /* preCarbon? */
|
|
|
1909 GlobalToLocal(&botRight(updateRect));
|
|
|
1910 # endif
|
|
|
1911 /* Update the content (i.e. the text) */
|
|
|
1912 gui_redraw(updateRectPtr->left, updateRectPtr->top,
|
|
|
1913 updateRectPtr->right - updateRectPtr->left,
|
|
|
1914 updateRectPtr->bottom - updateRectPtr->top);
|
|
|
1915 /* Clear the border areas if needed */
|
|
|
1916 gui_mch_set_bg_color(gui.back_pixel);
|
|
|
1917 if (updateRectPtr->left < FILL_X(0))
|
|
|
1918 {
|
|
9
|
1919 SetRect(&rc, 0, 0, FILL_X(0), FILL_Y(Rows));
|
|
|
1920 EraseRect(&rc);
|
|
7
|
1921 }
|
|
|
1922 if (updateRectPtr->top < FILL_Y(0))
|
|
|
1923 {
|
|
9
|
1924 SetRect(&rc, 0, 0, FILL_X(Columns), FILL_Y(0));
|
|
|
1925 EraseRect(&rc);
|
|
7
|
1926 }
|
|
|
1927 if (updateRectPtr->right > FILL_X(Columns))
|
|
|
1928 {
|
|
9
|
1929 SetRect(&rc, FILL_X(Columns), 0,
|
|
7
|
1930 FILL_X(Columns) + gui.border_offset, FILL_Y(Rows));
|
|
9
|
1931 EraseRect(&rc);
|
|
7
|
1932 }
|
|
|
1933 if (updateRectPtr->bottom > FILL_Y(Rows))
|
|
|
1934 {
|
|
9
|
1935 SetRect(&rc, 0, FILL_Y(Rows), FILL_X(Columns) + gui.border_offset,
|
|
7
|
1936 FILL_Y(Rows) + gui.border_offset);
|
|
9
|
1937 EraseRect(&rc);
|
|
7
|
1938 }
|
|
9
|
1939 HUnlock((Handle) updateRgn);
|
|
|
1940 DisposeRgn(updateRgn);
|
|
7
|
1941
|
|
|
1942 /* Update scrollbars */
|
|
9
|
1943 DrawControls(whichWindow);
|
|
7
|
1944
|
|
|
1945 /* Update the GrowBox */
|
|
|
1946 /* Taken from FAQ 33-27 */
|
|
|
1947 saveRgn = NewRgn();
|
|
|
1948 GetWindowBounds(whichWindow, kWindowGrowRgn, &growRect);
|
|
9
|
1949 GetClip(saveRgn);
|
|
|
1950 ClipRect(&growRect);
|
|
|
1951 DrawGrowIcon(whichWindow);
|
|
|
1952 SetClip(saveRgn);
|
|
|
1953 DisposeRgn(saveRgn);
|
|
|
1954 EndUpdate(whichWindow);
|
|
7
|
1955
|
|
|
1956 /* Restore original Port */
|
|
9
|
1957 SetPort(savePort);
|
|
7
|
1958 }
|
|
|
1959
|
|
|
1960 /*
|
|
|
1961 * Handle the activate/deactivate event
|
|
|
1962 * (apply to a window)
|
|
|
1963 */
|
|
|
1964 void
|
|
593
|
1965 gui_mac_doActivateEvent(EventRecord *event)
|
|
7
|
1966 {
|
|
|
1967 WindowPtr whichWindow;
|
|
|
1968
|
|
|
1969 whichWindow = (WindowPtr) event->message;
|
|
1292
|
1970 /* Dim scrollbars */
|
|
|
1971 if (whichWindow == gui.VimWindow)
|
|
7
|
1972 {
|
|
1562
|
1973 ControlRef rootControl;
|
|
|
1974 GetRootControl(gui.VimWindow, &rootControl);
|
|
|
1975 if ((event->modifiers) & activeFlag)
|
|
|
1976 ActivateControl(rootControl);
|
|
|
1977 else
|
|
|
1978 DeactivateControl(rootControl);
|
|
7
|
1979 }
|
|
1292
|
1980
|
|
|
1981 /* Activate */
|
|
|
1982 gui_focus_change((event->modifiers) & activeFlag);
|
|
7
|
1983 }
|
|
|
1984
|
|
|
1985
|
|
|
1986 /*
|
|
|
1987 * Handle the suspend/resume event
|
|
|
1988 * (apply to the application)
|
|
|
1989 */
|
|
|
1990 void
|
|
593
|
1991 gui_mac_doSuspendEvent(EventRecord *event)
|
|
7
|
1992 {
|
|
|
1993 /* The frontmost application just changed */
|
|
|
1994
|
|
|
1995 /* NOTE: the suspend may happen before the deactivate
|
|
|
1996 * seen on MacOS X
|
|
|
1997 */
|
|
|
1998
|
|
|
1999 /* May not need to change focus as the window will
|
|
1212
|
2000 * get an activate/deactivate event
|
|
7
|
2001 */
|
|
|
2002 if (event->message & 1)
|
|
|
2003 /* Resume */
|
|
|
2004 gui_focus_change(TRUE);
|
|
|
2005 else
|
|
|
2006 /* Suspend */
|
|
|
2007 gui_focus_change(FALSE);
|
|
|
2008 }
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010 /*
|
|
|
2011 * Handle the key
|
|
|
2012 */
|
|
168
|
2013 #ifdef USE_CARBONKEYHANDLER
|
|
1562
|
2014 static pascal OSStatus
|
|
|
2015 gui_mac_handle_window_activate(
|
|
|
2016 EventHandlerCallRef nextHandler,
|
|
|
2017 EventRef theEvent,
|
|
|
2018 void *data)
|
|
|
2019 {
|
|
|
2020 UInt32 eventClass = GetEventClass(theEvent);
|
|
|
2021 UInt32 eventKind = GetEventKind(theEvent);
|
|
|
2022
|
|
|
2023 if (eventClass == kEventClassWindow)
|
|
|
2024 {
|
|
|
2025 switch (eventKind)
|
|
|
2026 {
|
|
|
2027 case kEventWindowActivated:
|
|
|
2028 #if defined(USE_IM_CONTROL)
|
|
|
2029 im_on_window_switch(TRUE);
|
|
|
2030 #endif
|
|
|
2031 return noErr;
|
|
|
2032
|
|
|
2033 case kEventWindowDeactivated:
|
|
|
2034 #if defined(USE_IM_CONTROL)
|
|
|
2035 im_on_window_switch(FALSE);
|
|
|
2036 #endif
|
|
|
2037 return noErr;
|
|
|
2038 }
|
|
|
2039 }
|
|
|
2040
|
|
|
2041 return eventNotHandledErr;
|
|
|
2042 }
|
|
|
2043
|
|
|
2044 static pascal OSStatus
|
|
|
2045 gui_mac_handle_text_input(
|
|
|
2046 EventHandlerCallRef nextHandler,
|
|
|
2047 EventRef theEvent,
|
|
|
2048 void *data)
|
|
|
2049 {
|
|
|
2050 UInt32 eventClass = GetEventClass(theEvent);
|
|
|
2051 UInt32 eventKind = GetEventKind(theEvent);
|
|
|
2052
|
|
|
2053 if (eventClass != kEventClassTextInput)
|
|
|
2054 return eventNotHandledErr;
|
|
|
2055
|
|
|
2056 if ((kEventTextInputUpdateActiveInputArea != eventKind) &&
|
|
|
2057 (kEventTextInputUnicodeForKeyEvent != eventKind) &&
|
|
|
2058 (kEventTextInputOffsetToPos != eventKind) &&
|
|
|
2059 (kEventTextInputPosToOffset != eventKind) &&
|
|
|
2060 (kEventTextInputGetSelectedText != eventKind))
|
|
|
2061 return eventNotHandledErr;
|
|
|
2062
|
|
|
2063 switch (eventKind)
|
|
|
2064 {
|
|
|
2065 case kEventTextInputUpdateActiveInputArea:
|
|
|
2066 return gui_mac_update_input_area(nextHandler, theEvent);
|
|
|
2067 case kEventTextInputUnicodeForKeyEvent:
|
|
|
2068 return gui_mac_unicode_key_event(nextHandler, theEvent);
|
|
|
2069
|
|
|
2070 case kEventTextInputOffsetToPos:
|
|
|
2071 case kEventTextInputPosToOffset:
|
|
|
2072 case kEventTextInputGetSelectedText:
|
|
|
2073 break;
|
|
|
2074 }
|
|
|
2075
|
|
|
2076 return eventNotHandledErr;
|
|
|
2077 }
|
|
|
2078
|
|
|
2079 static pascal
|
|
|
2080 OSStatus gui_mac_update_input_area(
|
|
|
2081 EventHandlerCallRef nextHandler,
|
|
|
2082 EventRef theEvent)
|
|
|
2083 {
|
|
|
2084 return eventNotHandledErr;
|
|
|
2085 }
|
|
|
2086
|
|
|
2087 static int dialog_busy = FALSE; /* TRUE when gui_mch_dialog() wants the
|
|
|
2088 keys */
|
|
857
|
2089
|
|
168
|
2090 # define INLINE_KEY_BUFFER_SIZE 80
|
|
|
2091 static pascal OSStatus
|
|
1562
|
2092 gui_mac_unicode_key_event(
|
|
593
|
2093 EventHandlerCallRef nextHandler,
|
|
1562
|
2094 EventRef theEvent)
|
|
168
|
2095 {
|
|
|
2096 /* Multibyte-friendly key event handler */
|
|
1012
|
2097 OSStatus err = -1;
|
|
168
|
2098 UInt32 actualSize;
|
|
|
2099 UniChar *text;
|
|
|
2100 char_u result[INLINE_KEY_BUFFER_SIZE];
|
|
|
2101 short len = 0;
|
|
|
2102 UInt32 key_sym;
|
|
|
2103 char charcode;
|
|
|
2104 int key_char;
|
|
1012
|
2105 UInt32 modifiers, vimModifiers;
|
|
168
|
2106 size_t encLen;
|
|
|
2107 char_u *to = NULL;
|
|
|
2108 Boolean isSpecial = FALSE;
|
|
|
2109 int i;
|
|
1562
|
2110 EventRef keyEvent;
|
|
168
|
2111
|
|
|
2112 /* Mask the mouse (as per user setting) */
|
|
|
2113 if (p_mh)
|
|
|
2114 ObscureCursor();
|
|
|
2115
|
|
1012
|
2116 /* Don't use the keys when the dialog wants them. */
|
|
|
2117 if (dialog_busy)
|
|
1562
|
2118 return eventNotHandledErr;
|
|
1012
|
2119
|
|
|
2120 if (noErr != GetEventParameter(theEvent, kEventParamTextInputSendText,
|
|
1562
|
2121 typeUnicodeText, NULL, 0, &actualSize, NULL))
|
|
|
2122 return eventNotHandledErr;
|
|
1012
|
2123
|
|
|
2124 text = (UniChar *)alloc(actualSize);
|
|
|
2125 if (!text)
|
|
1562
|
2126 return eventNotHandledErr;
|
|
1012
|
2127
|
|
|
2128 err = GetEventParameter(theEvent, kEventParamTextInputSendText,
|
|
1562
|
2129 typeUnicodeText, NULL, actualSize, NULL, text);
|
|
1012
|
2130 require_noerr(err, done);
|
|
|
2131
|
|
|
2132 err = GetEventParameter(theEvent, kEventParamTextInputSendKeyboardEvent,
|
|
1562
|
2133 typeEventRef, NULL, sizeof(EventRef), NULL, &keyEvent);
|
|
1012
|
2134 require_noerr(err, done);
|
|
|
2135
|
|
|
2136 err = GetEventParameter(keyEvent, kEventParamKeyModifiers,
|
|
1562
|
2137 typeUInt32, NULL, sizeof(UInt32), NULL, &modifiers);
|
|
1012
|
2138 require_noerr(err, done);
|
|
|
2139
|
|
|
2140 err = GetEventParameter(keyEvent, kEventParamKeyCode,
|
|
1562
|
2141 typeUInt32, NULL, sizeof(UInt32), NULL, &key_sym);
|
|
1012
|
2142 require_noerr(err, done);
|
|
|
2143
|
|
|
2144 err = GetEventParameter(keyEvent, kEventParamKeyMacCharCodes,
|
|
1562
|
2145 typeChar, NULL, sizeof(char), NULL, &charcode);
|
|
1012
|
2146 require_noerr(err, done);
|
|
|
2147
|
|
168
|
2148 #ifndef USE_CMD_KEY
|
|
1012
|
2149 if (modifiers & cmdKey)
|
|
1562
|
2150 goto done; /* Let system handle Cmd+... */
|
|
168
|
2151 #endif
|
|
1012
|
2152
|
|
|
2153 key_char = charcode;
|
|
|
2154 vimModifiers = EventModifiers2VimModifiers(modifiers);
|
|
|
2155
|
|
|
2156 /* Find the special key (eg., for cursor keys) */
|
|
|
2157 if (actualSize <= sizeof(UniChar) &&
|
|
1562
|
2158 ((text[0] < 0x20) || (text[0] == 0x7f)))
|
|
|
2159 {
|
|
|
2160 for (i = 0; special_keys[i].key_sym != (KeySym)0; ++i)
|
|
|
2161 if (special_keys[i].key_sym == key_sym)
|
|
|
2162 {
|
|
|
2163 key_char = TO_SPECIAL(special_keys[i].vim_code0,
|
|
|
2164 special_keys[i].vim_code1);
|
|
|
2165 key_char = simplify_key(key_char,
|
|
|
2166 (int *)&vimModifiers);
|
|
|
2167 isSpecial = TRUE;
|
|
|
2168 break;
|
|
|
2169 }
|
|
168
|
2170 }
|
|
1012
|
2171
|
|
|
2172 /* Intercept CMD-. and CTRL-c */
|
|
|
2173 if (((modifiers & controlKey) && key_char == 'c') ||
|
|
1562
|
2174 ((modifiers & cmdKey) && key_char == '.'))
|
|
|
2175 got_int = TRUE;
|
|
1012
|
2176
|
|
|
2177 if (!isSpecial)
|
|
|
2178 {
|
|
1562
|
2179 /* remove SHIFT for keys that are already shifted, e.g.,
|
|
|
2180 * '(' and '*' */
|
|
|
2181 if (key_char < 0x100 && !isalpha(key_char) && isprint(key_char))
|
|
|
2182 vimModifiers &= ~MOD_MASK_SHIFT;
|
|
|
2183
|
|
|
2184 /* remove CTRL from keys that already have it */
|
|
|
2185 if (key_char < 0x20)
|
|
|
2186 vimModifiers &= ~MOD_MASK_CTRL;
|
|
|
2187
|
|
|
2188 /* don't process unicode characters here */
|
|
|
2189 if (!IS_SPECIAL(key_char))
|
|
|
2190 {
|
|
|
2191 /* Following code to simplify and consolidate vimModifiers
|
|
|
2192 * taken liberally from gui_w48.c */
|
|
|
2193 key_char = simplify_key(key_char, (int *)&vimModifiers);
|
|
|
2194
|
|
|
2195 /* Interpret META, include SHIFT, etc. */
|
|
|
2196 key_char = extract_modifiers(key_char, (int *)&vimModifiers);
|
|
|
2197 if (key_char == CSI)
|
|
|
2198 key_char = K_CSI;
|
|
|
2199
|
|
|
2200 if (IS_SPECIAL(key_char))
|
|
|
2201 isSpecial = TRUE;
|
|
|
2202 }
|
|
1012
|
2203 }
|
|
|
2204
|
|
|
2205 if (vimModifiers)
|
|
|
2206 {
|
|
1562
|
2207 result[len++] = CSI;
|
|
|
2208 result[len++] = KS_MODIFIER;
|
|
|
2209 result[len++] = vimModifiers;
|
|
1012
|
2210 }
|
|
|
2211
|
|
|
2212 if (isSpecial && IS_SPECIAL(key_char))
|
|
|
2213 {
|
|
1562
|
2214 result[len++] = CSI;
|
|
|
2215 result[len++] = K_SECOND(key_char);
|
|
|
2216 result[len++] = K_THIRD(key_char);
|
|
1012
|
2217 }
|
|
|
2218 else
|
|
|
2219 {
|
|
1562
|
2220 encLen = actualSize;
|
|
|
2221 to = mac_utf16_to_enc(text, actualSize, &encLen);
|
|
|
2222 if (to)
|
|
|
2223 {
|
|
|
2224 /* This is basically add_to_input_buf_csi() */
|
|
|
2225 for (i = 0; i < encLen && len < (INLINE_KEY_BUFFER_SIZE-1); ++i)
|
|
|
2226 {
|
|
|
2227 result[len++] = to[i];
|
|
|
2228 if (to[i] == CSI)
|
|
|
2229 {
|
|
|
2230 result[len++] = KS_EXTRA;
|
|
|
2231 result[len++] = (int)KE_CSI;
|
|
|
2232 }
|
|
|
2233 }
|
|
|
2234 vim_free(to);
|
|
|
2235 }
|
|
1012
|
2236 }
|
|
|
2237
|
|
|
2238 add_to_input_buf(result, len);
|
|
|
2239 err = noErr;
|
|
|
2240
|
|
|
2241 done:
|
|
|
2242 vim_free(text);
|
|
|
2243 if (err == noErr)
|
|
|
2244 {
|
|
1562
|
2245 /* Fake event to wake up WNE (required to get
|
|
|
2246 * key repeat working */
|
|
|
2247 PostEvent(keyUp, 0);
|
|
|
2248 return noErr;
|
|
1012
|
2249 }
|
|
|
2250
|
|
|
2251 return eventNotHandledErr;
|
|
168
|
2252 }
|
|
|
2253 #else
|
|
7
|
2254 void
|
|
|
2255 gui_mac_doKeyEvent(EventRecord *theEvent)
|
|
|
2256 {
|
|
|
2257 /* TODO: add support for COMMAND KEY */
|
|
|
2258 long menu;
|
|
|
2259 unsigned char string[20];
|
|
|
2260 short num, i;
|
|
|
2261 short len = 0;
|
|
|
2262 KeySym key_sym;
|
|
|
2263 int key_char;
|
|
|
2264 int modifiers;
|
|
26
|
2265 int simplify = FALSE;
|
|
7
|
2266
|
|
|
2267 /* Mask the mouse (as per user setting) */
|
|
|
2268 if (p_mh)
|
|
|
2269 ObscureCursor();
|
|
|
2270
|
|
|
2271 /* Get the key code and it's ASCII representation */
|
|
|
2272 key_sym = ((theEvent->message & keyCodeMask) >> 8);
|
|
|
2273 key_char = theEvent->message & charCodeMask;
|
|
|
2274 num = 1;
|
|
|
2275
|
|
|
2276 /* Intercept CTRL-C */
|
|
|
2277 if (theEvent->modifiers & controlKey)
|
|
9
|
2278 {
|
|
7
|
2279 if (key_char == Ctrl_C && ctrl_c_interrupts)
|
|
|
2280 got_int = TRUE;
|
|
9
|
2281 else if ((theEvent->modifiers & ~(controlKey|shiftKey)) == 0
|
|
|
2282 && (key_char == '2' || key_char == '6'))
|
|
|
2283 {
|
|
|
2284 /* CTRL-^ and CTRL-@ don't work in the normal way. */
|
|
|
2285 if (key_char == '2')
|
|
|
2286 key_char = Ctrl_AT;
|
|
|
2287 else
|
|
|
2288 key_char = Ctrl_HAT;
|
|
|
2289 theEvent->modifiers = 0;
|
|
|
2290 }
|
|
|
2291 }
|
|
7
|
2292
|
|
|
2293 /* Intercept CMD-. */
|
|
|
2294 if (theEvent->modifiers & cmdKey)
|
|
|
2295 if (key_char == '.')
|
|
|
2296 got_int = TRUE;
|
|
|
2297
|
|
|
2298 /* Handle command key as per menu */
|
|
|
2299 /* TODO: should override be allowed? Require YAO or could use 'winaltkey' */
|
|
|
2300 if (theEvent->modifiers & cmdKey)
|
|
|
2301 /* Only accept CMD alone or with CAPLOCKS and the mouse button.
|
|
|
2302 * Why the mouse button? */
|
|
|
2303 if ((theEvent->modifiers & (~(cmdKey | btnState | alphaLock))) == 0)
|
|
|
2304 {
|
|
|
2305 menu = MenuKey(key_char);
|
|
|
2306 if (HiWord(menu))
|
|
|
2307 {
|
|
|
2308 gui_mac_handle_menu(menu);
|
|
|
2309 return;
|
|
|
2310 }
|
|
|
2311 }
|
|
|
2312
|
|
|
2313 /* Convert the modifiers */
|
|
|
2314 modifiers = EventModifiers2VimModifiers(theEvent->modifiers);
|
|
|
2315
|
|
|
2316
|
|
|
2317 /* Handle special keys. */
|
|
|
2318 #if 0
|
|
26
|
2319 /* Why has this been removed? */
|
|
7
|
2320 if (!(theEvent->modifiers & (cmdKey | controlKey | rightControlKey)))
|
|
|
2321 #endif
|
|
|
2322 {
|
|
|
2323 /* Find the special key (for non-printable keyt_char) */
|
|
|
2324 if ((key_char < 0x20) || (key_char == 0x7f))
|
|
|
2325 for (i = 0; special_keys[i].key_sym != (KeySym)0; i++)
|
|
|
2326 if (special_keys[i].key_sym == key_sym)
|
|
|
2327 {
|
|
|
2328 # if 0
|
|
|
2329 /* We currently don't have not so special key */
|
|
|
2330 if (special_keys[i].vim_code1 == NUL)
|
|
|
2331 key_char = special_keys[i].vim_code0;
|
|
|
2332 else
|
|
|
2333 # endif
|
|
9
|
2334 key_char = TO_SPECIAL(special_keys[i].vim_code0,
|
|
|
2335 special_keys[i].vim_code1);
|
|
26
|
2336 simplify = TRUE;
|
|
7
|
2337 break;
|
|
|
2338 }
|
|
|
2339 }
|
|
|
2340
|
|
26
|
2341 /* For some keys the modifier is included in the char itself. */
|
|
|
2342 if (simplify || key_char == TAB || key_char == ' ')
|
|
|
2343 key_char = simplify_key(key_char, &modifiers);
|
|
7
|
2344
|
|
|
2345 /* Add the modifier to the input bu if needed */
|
|
|
2346 /* Do not want SHIFT-A or CTRL-A with modifier */
|
|
|
2347 if (!IS_SPECIAL(key_char)
|
|
|
2348 && key_sym != vk_Space
|
|
|
2349 && key_sym != vk_Tab
|
|
|
2350 && key_sym != vk_Return
|
|
|
2351 && key_sym != vk_Enter
|
|
|
2352 && key_sym != vk_Esc)
|
|
|
2353 {
|
|
|
2354 #if 1
|
|
|
2355 /* Clear modifiers when only one modifier is set */
|
|
9
|
2356 if ((modifiers == MOD_MASK_SHIFT)
|
|
|
2357 || (modifiers == MOD_MASK_CTRL)
|
|
|
2358 || (modifiers == MOD_MASK_ALT))
|
|
7
|
2359 modifiers = 0;
|
|
|
2360 #else
|
|
9
|
2361 if (modifiers & MOD_MASK_CTRL)
|
|
7
|
2362 modifiers = modifiers & ~MOD_MASK_CTRL;
|
|
9
|
2363 if (modifiers & MOD_MASK_ALT)
|
|
7
|
2364 modifiers = modifiers & ~MOD_MASK_ALT;
|
|
9
|
2365 if (modifiers & MOD_MASK_SHIFT)
|
|
7
|
2366 modifiers = modifiers & ~MOD_MASK_SHIFT;
|
|
|
2367 #endif
|
|
|
2368 }
|
|
9
|
2369 if (modifiers)
|
|
7
|
2370 {
|
|
9
|
2371 string[len++] = CSI;
|
|
|
2372 string[len++] = KS_MODIFIER;
|
|
|
2373 string[len++] = modifiers;
|
|
7
|
2374 }
|
|
|
2375
|
|
9
|
2376 if (IS_SPECIAL(key_char))
|
|
7
|
2377 {
|
|
9
|
2378 string[len++] = CSI;
|
|
|
2379 string[len++] = K_SECOND(key_char);
|
|
|
2380 string[len++] = K_THIRD(key_char);
|
|
7
|
2381 }
|
|
|
2382 else
|
|
|
2383 {
|
|
|
2384 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
9
|
2385 /* Convert characters when needed (e.g., from MacRoman to latin1).
|
|
|
2386 * This doesn't work for the NUL byte. */
|
|
|
2387 if (input_conv.vc_type != CONV_NONE && key_char > 0)
|
|
7
|
2388 {
|
|
|
2389 char_u from[2], *to;
|
|
|
2390 int l;
|
|
|
2391
|
|
|
2392 from[0] = key_char;
|
|
|
2393 from[1] = NUL;
|
|
|
2394 l = 1;
|
|
|
2395 to = string_convert(&input_conv, from, &l);
|
|
|
2396 if (to != NULL)
|
|
|
2397 {
|
|
|
2398 for (i = 0; i < l && len < 19; i++)
|
|
|
2399 {
|
|
|
2400 if (to[i] == CSI)
|
|
|
2401 {
|
|
|
2402 string[len++] = KS_EXTRA;
|
|
|
2403 string[len++] = KE_CSI;
|
|
|
2404 }
|
|
|
2405 else
|
|
|
2406 string[len++] = to[i];
|
|
|
2407 }
|
|
|
2408 vim_free(to);
|
|
|
2409 }
|
|
|
2410 else
|
|
|
2411 string[len++] = key_char;
|
|
|
2412 }
|
|
|
2413 else
|
|
|
2414 #endif
|
|
|
2415 string[len++] = key_char;
|
|
|
2416 }
|
|
|
2417
|
|
|
2418 if (len == 1 && string[0] == CSI)
|
|
|
2419 {
|
|
|
2420 /* Turn CSI into K_CSI. */
|
|
|
2421 string[ len++ ] = KS_EXTRA;
|
|
|
2422 string[ len++ ] = KE_CSI;
|
|
|
2423 }
|
|
|
2424
|
|
|
2425 add_to_input_buf(string, len);
|
|
|
2426 }
|
|
168
|
2427 #endif
|
|
7
|
2428
|
|
|
2429 /*
|
|
|
2430 * Handle MouseClick
|
|
|
2431 */
|
|
|
2432 void
|
|
593
|
2433 gui_mac_doMouseDownEvent(EventRecord *theEvent)
|
|
7
|
2434 {
|
|
|
2435 short thePart;
|
|
|
2436 WindowPtr whichWindow;
|
|
|
2437
|
|
9
|
2438 thePart = FindWindow(theEvent->where, &whichWindow);
|
|
7
|
2439
|
|
1106
|
2440 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_TABLINE
|
|
|
2441 /* prevent that the vim window size changes if it's activated by a
|
|
|
2442 click into the tab pane */
|
|
|
2443 if (whichWindow == drawer)
|
|
1562
|
2444 return;
|
|
1106
|
2445 #endif
|
|
|
2446
|
|
7
|
2447 switch (thePart)
|
|
|
2448 {
|
|
|
2449 case (inDesk):
|
|
|
2450 /* TODO: what to do? */
|
|
|
2451 break;
|
|
|
2452
|
|
|
2453 case (inMenuBar):
|
|
9
|
2454 gui_mac_handle_menu(MenuSelect(theEvent->where));
|
|
7
|
2455 break;
|
|
|
2456
|
|
|
2457 case (inContent):
|
|
9
|
2458 gui_mac_doInContentClick(theEvent, whichWindow);
|
|
7
|
2459 break;
|
|
|
2460
|
|
|
2461 case (inDrag):
|
|
9
|
2462 gui_mac_doInDragClick(theEvent->where, whichWindow);
|
|
7
|
2463 break;
|
|
|
2464
|
|
|
2465 case (inGrow):
|
|
9
|
2466 gui_mac_doInGrowClick(theEvent->where, whichWindow);
|
|
7
|
2467 break;
|
|
|
2468
|
|
|
2469 case (inGoAway):
|
|
|
2470 if (TrackGoAway(whichWindow, theEvent->where))
|
|
|
2471 gui_shell_closed();
|
|
|
2472 break;
|
|
|
2473
|
|
|
2474 case (inZoomIn):
|
|
|
2475 case (inZoomOut):
|
|
|
2476 gui_mac_doInZoomClick(theEvent, whichWindow);
|
|
|
2477 break;
|
|
|
2478 }
|
|
|
2479 }
|
|
|
2480
|
|
|
2481 /*
|
|
|
2482 * Handle MouseMoved
|
|
|
2483 * [this event is a moving in and out of a region]
|
|
|
2484 */
|
|
|
2485 void
|
|
593
|
2486 gui_mac_doMouseMovedEvent(EventRecord *event)
|
|
7
|
2487 {
|
|
|
2488 Point thePoint;
|
|
|
2489 int_u vimModifiers;
|
|
|
2490
|
|
|
2491 thePoint = event->where;
|
|
9
|
2492 GlobalToLocal(&thePoint);
|
|
7
|
2493 vimModifiers = EventModifiers2VimMouseModifiers(event->modifiers);
|
|
|
2494
|
|
|
2495 if (!Button())
|
|
9
|
2496 gui_mouse_moved(thePoint.h, thePoint.v);
|
|
7
|
2497 else
|
|
|
2498 if (!clickIsPopup)
|
|
|
2499 gui_send_mouse_event(MOUSE_DRAG, thePoint.h,
|
|
|
2500 thePoint.v, FALSE, vimModifiers);
|
|
|
2501
|
|
|
2502 /* Reset the region from which we move in and out */
|
|
9
|
2503 SetRect(&dragRect, FILL_X(X_2_COL(thePoint.h)),
|
|
7
|
2504 FILL_Y(Y_2_ROW(thePoint.v)),
|
|
|
2505 FILL_X(X_2_COL(thePoint.h)+1),
|
|
|
2506 FILL_Y(Y_2_ROW(thePoint.v)+1));
|
|
|
2507
|
|
|
2508 if (dragRectEnbl)
|
|
|
2509 dragRectControl = kCreateRect;
|
|
|
2510
|
|
|
2511 }
|
|
|
2512
|
|
|
2513 /*
|
|
|
2514 * Handle the mouse release
|
|
|
2515 */
|
|
|
2516 void
|
|
593
|
2517 gui_mac_doMouseUpEvent(EventRecord *theEvent)
|
|
7
|
2518 {
|
|
|
2519 Point thePoint;
|
|
|
2520 int_u vimModifiers;
|
|
|
2521
|
|
|
2522 /* TODO: Properly convert the Contextual menu mouse-up */
|
|
|
2523 /* Potential source of the double menu */
|
|
|
2524 lastMouseTick = theEvent->when;
|
|
|
2525 dragRectEnbl = FALSE;
|
|
|
2526 dragRectControl = kCreateEmpty;
|
|
|
2527 thePoint = theEvent->where;
|
|
9
|
2528 GlobalToLocal(&thePoint);
|
|
7
|
2529
|
|
|
2530 vimModifiers = EventModifiers2VimMouseModifiers(theEvent->modifiers);
|
|
|
2531 if (clickIsPopup)
|
|
|
2532 {
|
|
|
2533 vimModifiers &= ~MOUSE_CTRL;
|
|
|
2534 clickIsPopup = FALSE;
|
|
|
2535 }
|
|
9
|
2536 gui_send_mouse_event(MOUSE_RELEASE, thePoint.h, thePoint.v, FALSE, vimModifiers);
|
|
7
|
2537 }
|
|
|
2538
|
|
|
2539 static pascal OSStatus
|
|
|
2540 gui_mac_mouse_wheel(EventHandlerCallRef nextHandler, EventRef theEvent,
|
|
|
2541 void *data)
|
|
|
2542 {
|
|
|
2543 EventRef bogusEvent;
|
|
|
2544 Point point;
|
|
|
2545 Rect bounds;
|
|
|
2546 UInt32 mod;
|
|
|
2547 SInt32 delta;
|
|
|
2548 int_u vim_mod;
|
|
939
|
2549 EventMouseWheelAxis axis;
|
|
|
2550
|
|
|
2551 if (noErr == GetEventParameter(theEvent, kEventParamMouseWheelAxis,
|
|
|
2552 typeMouseWheelAxis, NULL, sizeof(axis), NULL, &axis)
|
|
|
2553 && axis != kEventMouseWheelAxisY)
|
|
|
2554 goto bail; /* Vim only does up-down scrolling */
|
|
7
|
2555
|
|
|
2556 if (noErr != GetEventParameter(theEvent, kEventParamMouseWheelDelta,
|
|
|
2557 typeSInt32, NULL, sizeof(SInt32), NULL, &delta))
|
|
|
2558 goto bail;
|
|
|
2559 if (noErr != GetEventParameter(theEvent, kEventParamMouseLocation,
|
|
|
2560 typeQDPoint, NULL, sizeof(Point), NULL, &point))
|
|
|
2561 goto bail;
|
|
|
2562 if (noErr != GetEventParameter(theEvent, kEventParamKeyModifiers,
|
|
|
2563 typeUInt32, NULL, sizeof(UInt32), NULL, &mod))
|
|
|
2564 goto bail;
|
|
|
2565
|
|
|
2566 vim_mod = 0;
|
|
|
2567 if (mod & shiftKey)
|
|
|
2568 vim_mod |= MOUSE_SHIFT;
|
|
|
2569 if (mod & controlKey)
|
|
|
2570 vim_mod |= MOUSE_CTRL;
|
|
|
2571 if (mod & optionKey)
|
|
|
2572 vim_mod |= MOUSE_ALT;
|
|
|
2573
|
|
|
2574 /* post a bogus event to wake up WaitNextEvent */
|
|
|
2575 if (noErr != CreateEvent(NULL, kEventClassMouse, kEventMouseMoved, 0,
|
|
|
2576 kEventAttributeNone, &bogusEvent))
|
|
|
2577 goto bail;
|
|
|
2578 if (noErr != PostEventToQueue(GetMainEventQueue(), bogusEvent,
|
|
|
2579 kEventPriorityLow))
|
|
|
2580 goto bail;
|
|
|
2581
|
|
37
|
2582 ReleaseEvent(bogusEvent);
|
|
|
2583
|
|
7
|
2584 if (noErr == GetWindowBounds(gui.VimWindow, kWindowContentRgn, &bounds))
|
|
|
2585 {
|
|
|
2586 point.h -= bounds.left;
|
|
|
2587 point.v -= bounds.top;
|
|
|
2588 }
|
|
|
2589
|
|
|
2590 gui_send_mouse_event((delta > 0) ? MOUSE_4 : MOUSE_5,
|
|
|
2591 point.h, point.v, FALSE, vim_mod);
|
|
|
2592
|
|
|
2593 return noErr;
|
|
|
2594
|
|
1107
|
2595 bail:
|
|
7
|
2596 /*
|
|
|
2597 * when we fail give any additional callback handler a chance to perform
|
|
|
2598 * it's actions
|
|
|
2599 */
|
|
|
2600 return CallNextEventHandler(nextHandler, theEvent);
|
|
|
2601 }
|
|
|
2602
|
|
|
2603 #if 0
|
|
|
2604
|
|
|
2605 /*
|
|
|
2606 * This would be the normal way of invoking the contextual menu
|
|
|
2607 * but the Vim API doesn't seem to a support a request to get
|
|
|
2608 * the menu that we should display
|
|
|
2609 */
|
|
|
2610 void
|
|
|
2611 gui_mac_handle_contextual_menu(event)
|
|
|
2612 EventRecord *event;
|
|
|
2613 {
|
|
|
2614 /*
|
|
|
2615 * Clone PopUp to use menu
|
|
|
2616 * Create a object descriptor for the current selection
|
|
|
2617 * Call the procedure
|
|
|
2618 */
|
|
|
2619
|
|
|
2620 // Call to Handle Popup
|
|
|
2621 OSStatus status = ContextualMenuSelect(CntxMenu, event->where, false, kCMHelpItemNoHelp, "", NULL, &CntxType, &CntxMenuID, &CntxMenuItem);
|
|
|
2622
|
|
|
2623 if (status != noErr)
|
|
|
2624 return;
|
|
|
2625
|
|
|
2626 if (CntxType == kCMMenuItemSelected)
|
|
|
2627 {
|
|
|
2628 /* Handle the menu CntxMenuID, CntxMenuItem */
|
|
|
2629 /* The submenu can be handle directly by gui_mac_handle_menu */
|
|
|
2630 /* But what about the current menu, is the meny changed by ContextualMenuSelect */
|
|
9
|
2631 gui_mac_handle_menu((CntxMenuID << 16) + CntxMenuItem);
|
|
7
|
2632 }
|
|
|
2633 else if (CntxMenuID == kCMShowHelpSelected)
|
|
|
2634 {
|
|
|
2635 /* Should come up with the help */
|
|
|
2636 }
|
|
|
2637
|
|
|
2638 }
|
|
|
2639 #endif
|
|
|
2640
|
|
|
2641 /*
|
|
|
2642 * Handle menubar selection
|
|
|
2643 */
|
|
|
2644 void
|
|
593
|
2645 gui_mac_handle_menu(long menuChoice)
|
|
7
|
2646 {
|
|
|
2647 short menu = HiWord(menuChoice);
|
|
|
2648 short item = LoWord(menuChoice);
|
|
|
2649 vimmenu_T *theVimMenu = root_menu;
|
|
|
2650
|
|
|
2651 if (menu == 256) /* TODO: use constant or gui.xyz */
|
|
|
2652 {
|
|
|
2653 if (item == 1)
|
|
|
2654 gui_mch_beep(); /* TODO: Popup dialog or do :intro */
|
|
|
2655 }
|
|
|
2656 else if (item != 0)
|
|
|
2657 {
|
|
|
2658 theVimMenu = gui_mac_get_vim_menu(menu, item, root_menu);
|
|
|
2659
|
|
|
2660 if (theVimMenu)
|
|
|
2661 gui_menu_cb(theVimMenu);
|
|
|
2662 }
|
|
9
|
2663 HiliteMenu(0);
|
|
7
|
2664 }
|
|
|
2665
|
|
|
2666 /*
|
|
|
2667 * Dispatch the event to proper handler
|
|
|
2668 */
|
|
|
2669
|
|
|
2670 void
|
|
593
|
2671 gui_mac_handle_event(EventRecord *event)
|
|
7
|
2672 {
|
|
|
2673 OSErr error;
|
|
|
2674
|
|
|
2675 /* Handle contextual menu right now (if needed) */
|
|
1292
|
2676 if (IsShowContextualMenuClick(event))
|
|
|
2677 {
|
|
7
|
2678 # if 0
|
|
1562
|
2679 gui_mac_handle_contextual_menu(event);
|
|
7
|
2680 # else
|
|
1562
|
2681 gui_mac_doMouseDownEvent(event);
|
|
7
|
2682 # endif
|
|
1562
|
2683 return;
|
|
1292
|
2684 }
|
|
7
|
2685
|
|
|
2686 /* Handle normal event */
|
|
|
2687 switch (event->what)
|
|
|
2688 {
|
|
168
|
2689 #ifndef USE_CARBONKEYHANDLER
|
|
7
|
2690 case (keyDown):
|
|
|
2691 case (autoKey):
|
|
9
|
2692 gui_mac_doKeyEvent(event);
|
|
7
|
2693 break;
|
|
168
|
2694 #endif
|
|
7
|
2695 case (keyUp):
|
|
857
|
2696 /* We don't care about when the key is released */
|
|
7
|
2697 break;
|
|
|
2698
|
|
|
2699 case (mouseDown):
|
|
|
2700 gui_mac_doMouseDownEvent(event);
|
|
|
2701 break;
|
|
|
2702
|
|
|
2703 case (mouseUp):
|
|
|
2704 gui_mac_doMouseUpEvent(event);
|
|
|
2705 break;
|
|
|
2706
|
|
|
2707 case (updateEvt):
|
|
9
|
2708 gui_mac_doUpdateEvent(event);
|
|
7
|
2709 break;
|
|
|
2710
|
|
|
2711 case (diskEvt):
|
|
|
2712 /* We don't need special handling for disk insertion */
|
|
|
2713 break;
|
|
|
2714
|
|
|
2715 case (activateEvt):
|
|
9
|
2716 gui_mac_doActivateEvent(event);
|
|
7
|
2717 break;
|
|
|
2718
|
|
|
2719 case (osEvt):
|
|
|
2720 switch ((event->message >> 24) & 0xFF)
|
|
|
2721 {
|
|
|
2722 case (0xFA): /* mouseMovedMessage */
|
|
9
|
2723 gui_mac_doMouseMovedEvent(event);
|
|
7
|
2724 break;
|
|
|
2725 case (0x01): /* suspendResumeMessage */
|
|
9
|
2726 gui_mac_doSuspendEvent(event);
|
|
7
|
2727 break;
|
|
|
2728 }
|
|
|
2729 break;
|
|
|
2730
|
|
|
2731 #ifdef USE_AEVENT
|
|
|
2732 case (kHighLevelEvent):
|
|
|
2733 /* Someone's talking to us, through AppleEvents */
|
|
|
2734 error = AEProcessAppleEvent(event); /* TODO: Error Handling */
|
|
|
2735 break;
|
|
|
2736 #endif
|
|
|
2737 }
|
|
|
2738 }
|
|
|
2739
|
|
|
2740 /*
|
|
|
2741 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
2742 * Unknown Stuff
|
|
|
2743 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
2744 */
|
|
|
2745
|
|
|
2746
|
|
|
2747 GuiFont
|
|
593
|
2748 gui_mac_find_font(char_u *font_name)
|
|
7
|
2749 {
|
|
|
2750 char_u c;
|
|
|
2751 char_u *p;
|
|
|
2752 char_u pFontName[256];
|
|
|
2753 Str255 systemFontname;
|
|
|
2754 short font_id;
|
|
|
2755 short size=9;
|
|
|
2756 GuiFont font;
|
|
|
2757 #if 0
|
|
|
2758 char_u *fontNamePtr;
|
|
|
2759 #endif
|
|
|
2760
|
|
|
2761 for (p = font_name; ((*p != 0) && (*p != ':')); p++)
|
|
|
2762 ;
|
|
|
2763
|
|
|
2764 c = *p;
|
|
|
2765 *p = 0;
|
|
|
2766
|
|
|
2767 #if 1
|
|
|
2768 STRCPY(&pFontName[1], font_name);
|
|
|
2769 pFontName[0] = STRLEN(font_name);
|
|
|
2770 *p = c;
|
|
|
2771
|
|
168
|
2772 /* Get the font name, minus the style suffix (:h, etc) */
|
|
|
2773 char_u fontName[256];
|
|
|
2774 char_u *styleStart = vim_strchr(font_name, ':');
|
|
|
2775 size_t fontNameLen = styleStart ? styleStart - font_name : STRLEN(fontName);
|
|
|
2776 vim_strncpy(fontName, font_name, fontNameLen);
|
|
|
2777
|
|
|
2778 ATSUFontID fontRef;
|
|
|
2779 FMFontStyle fontStyle;
|
|
|
2780 font_id = 0;
|
|
|
2781
|
|
|
2782 if (ATSUFindFontFromName(&pFontName[1], pFontName[0], kFontFullName,
|
|
|
2783 kFontMacintoshPlatform, kFontNoScriptCode, kFontNoLanguageCode,
|
|
|
2784 &fontRef) == noErr)
|
|
|
2785 {
|
|
|
2786 if (FMGetFontFamilyInstanceFromFont(fontRef, &font_id, &fontStyle) != noErr)
|
|
|
2787 font_id = 0;
|
|
|
2788 }
|
|
13
|
2789
|
|
|
2790 if (font_id == 0)
|
|
|
2791 {
|
|
|
2792 /*
|
|
|
2793 * Try again, this time replacing underscores in the font name
|
|
|
2794 * with spaces (:set guifont allows the two to be used
|
|
|
2795 * interchangeably; the Font Manager doesn't).
|
|
|
2796 */
|
|
|
2797 int i, changed = FALSE;
|
|
|
2798
|
|
|
2799 for (i = pFontName[0]; i > 0; --i)
|
|
|
2800 {
|
|
|
2801 if (pFontName[i] == '_')
|
|
|
2802 {
|
|
|
2803 pFontName[i] = ' ';
|
|
|
2804 changed = TRUE;
|
|
|
2805 }
|
|
|
2806 }
|
|
|
2807 if (changed)
|
|
168
|
2808 if (ATSUFindFontFromName(&pFontName[1], pFontName[0],
|
|
|
2809 kFontFullName, kFontNoPlatformCode, kFontNoScriptCode,
|
|
|
2810 kFontNoLanguageCode, &fontRef) == noErr)
|
|
|
2811 {
|
|
|
2812 if (FMGetFontFamilyInstanceFromFont(fontRef, &font_id, &fontStyle) != noErr)
|
|
|
2813 font_id = 0;
|
|
|
2814 }
|
|
13
|
2815 }
|
|
|
2816
|
|
7
|
2817 #else
|
|
|
2818 /* name = C2Pascal_save(menu->dname); */
|
|
|
2819 fontNamePtr = C2Pascal_save_and_remove_backslash(font_name);
|
|
|
2820
|
|
9
|
2821 GetFNum(fontNamePtr, &font_id);
|
|
7
|
2822 #endif
|
|
|
2823
|
|
|
2824
|
|
|
2825 if (font_id == 0)
|
|
|
2826 {
|
|
|
2827 /* Oups, the system font was it the one the user want */
|
|
|
2828
|
|
168
|
2829 if (FMGetFontFamilyName(systemFont, systemFontname) != noErr)
|
|
|
2830 return NOFONT;
|
|
7
|
2831 if (!EqualString(pFontName, systemFontname, false, false))
|
|
|
2832 return NOFONT;
|
|
|
2833 }
|
|
|
2834 if (*p == ':')
|
|
|
2835 {
|
|
|
2836 p++;
|
|
|
2837 /* Set the values found after ':' */
|
|
|
2838 while (*p)
|
|
|
2839 {
|
|
|
2840 switch (*p++)
|
|
|
2841 {
|
|
|
2842 case 'h':
|
|
|
2843 size = points_to_pixels(p, &p, TRUE);
|
|
|
2844 break;
|
|
|
2845 /*
|
|
|
2846 * TODO: Maybe accept width and styles
|
|
|
2847 */
|
|
|
2848 }
|
|
|
2849 while (*p == ':')
|
|
|
2850 p++;
|
|
|
2851 }
|
|
|
2852 }
|
|
|
2853
|
|
|
2854 if (size < 1)
|
|
|
2855 size = 1; /* Avoid having a size of 0 with system font */
|
|
|
2856
|
|
|
2857 font = (size << 16) + ((long) font_id & 0xFFFF);
|
|
|
2858
|
|
|
2859 return font;
|
|
|
2860 }
|
|
|
2861
|
|
|
2862 /*
|
|
|
2863 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
1212
|
2864 * GUI_MCH functionality
|
|
7
|
2865 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
2866 */
|
|
|
2867
|
|
|
2868 /*
|
|
|
2869 * Parse the GUI related command-line arguments. Any arguments used are
|
|
|
2870 * deleted from argv, and *argc is decremented accordingly. This is called
|
|
|
2871 * when vim is started, whether or not the GUI has been started.
|
|
|
2872 */
|
|
|
2873 void
|
|
593
|
2874 gui_mch_prepare(int *argc, char **argv)
|
|
7
|
2875 {
|
|
|
2876 /* TODO: Move most of this stuff toward gui_mch_init */
|
|
|
2877 #ifdef USE_EXE_NAME
|
|
|
2878 FSSpec applDir;
|
|
|
2879 # ifndef USE_FIND_BUNDLE_PATH
|
|
|
2880 short applVRefNum;
|
|
|
2881 long applDirID;
|
|
|
2882 Str255 volName;
|
|
|
2883 # else
|
|
|
2884 ProcessSerialNumber psn;
|
|
|
2885 FSRef applFSRef;
|
|
|
2886 # endif
|
|
|
2887 #endif
|
|
|
2888
|
|
|
2889 #if 0
|
|
|
2890 InitCursor();
|
|
|
2891
|
|
|
2892 RegisterAppearanceClient();
|
|
|
2893
|
|
|
2894 #ifdef USE_AEVENT
|
|
|
2895 (void) InstallAEHandlers();
|
|
|
2896 #endif
|
|
|
2897
|
|
9
|
2898 pomme = NewMenu(256, "\p\024"); /* 0x14= = Apple Menu */
|
|
|
2899
|
|
|
2900 AppendMenu(pomme, "\pAbout VIM");
|
|
|
2901
|
|
|
2902 InsertMenu(pomme, 0);
|
|
7
|
2903
|
|
|
2904 DrawMenuBar();
|
|
|
2905
|
|
|
2906
|
|
|
2907 #ifndef USE_OFFSETED_WINDOW
|
|
9
|
2908 SetRect(&windRect, 10, 48, 10+80*7 + 16, 48+24*11);
|
|
7
|
2909 #else
|
|
9
|
2910 SetRect(&windRect, 300, 40, 300+80*7 + 16, 40+24*11);
|
|
7
|
2911 #endif
|
|
|
2912
|
|
|
2913
|
|
|
2914 CreateNewWindow(kDocumentWindowClass,
|
|
|
2915 kWindowResizableAttribute | kWindowCollapseBoxAttribute,
|
|
9
|
2916 &windRect, &gui.VimWindow);
|
|
|
2917 SetPortWindowPort(gui.VimWindow);
|
|
7
|
2918
|
|
|
2919 gui.char_width = 7;
|
|
|
2920 gui.char_height = 11;
|
|
|
2921 gui.char_ascent = 6;
|
|
|
2922 gui.num_rows = 24;
|
|
|
2923 gui.num_cols = 80;
|
|
|
2924 gui.in_focus = TRUE; /* For the moment -> syn. of front application */
|
|
|
2925
|
|
9
|
2926 gScrollAction = NewControlActionUPP(gui_mac_scroll_action);
|
|
|
2927 gScrollDrag = NewControlActionUPP(gui_mac_drag_thumb);
|
|
7
|
2928
|
|
|
2929 dragRectEnbl = FALSE;
|
|
|
2930 dragRgn = NULL;
|
|
|
2931 dragRectControl = kCreateEmpty;
|
|
|
2932 cursorRgn = NewRgn();
|
|
|
2933 #endif
|
|
|
2934 #ifdef USE_EXE_NAME
|
|
|
2935 # ifndef USE_FIND_BUNDLE_PATH
|
|
9
|
2936 HGetVol(volName, &applVRefNum, &applDirID);
|
|
7
|
2937 /* TN2015: mention a possible bad VRefNum */
|
|
9
|
2938 FSMakeFSSpec(applVRefNum, applDirID, "\p", &applDir);
|
|
7
|
2939 # else
|
|
|
2940 /* OSErr GetApplicationBundleFSSpec(FSSpecPtr theFSSpecPtr)
|
|
|
2941 * of TN2015
|
|
|
2942 */
|
|
9
|
2943 (void)GetCurrentProcess(&psn);
|
|
7
|
2944 /* if (err != noErr) return err; */
|
|
|
2945
|
|
9
|
2946 (void)GetProcessBundleLocation(&psn, &applFSRef);
|
|
7
|
2947 /* if (err != noErr) return err; */
|
|
|
2948
|
|
9
|
2949 (void)FSGetCatalogInfo(&applFSRef, kFSCatInfoNone, NULL, NULL, &applDir, NULL);
|
|
7
|
2950
|
|
|
2951 /* This technic return NIL when we disallow_gui */
|
|
|
2952 # endif
|
|
9
|
2953 exe_name = FullPathFromFSSpec_save(applDir);
|
|
7
|
2954 #endif
|
|
|
2955 }
|
|
|
2956
|
|
|
2957 #ifndef ALWAYS_USE_GUI
|
|
|
2958 /*
|
|
|
2959 * Check if the GUI can be started. Called before gvimrc is sourced.
|
|
|
2960 * Return OK or FAIL.
|
|
|
2961 */
|
|
|
2962 int
|
|
|
2963 gui_mch_init_check(void)
|
|
|
2964 {
|
|
|
2965 /* TODO: For MacOS X find a way to return FAIL, if the user logged in
|
|
|
2966 * using the >console
|
|
|
2967 */
|
|
|
2968 if (disallow_gui) /* see main.c for reason to disallow */
|
|
|
2969 return FAIL;
|
|
|
2970 return OK;
|
|
|
2971 }
|
|
|
2972 #endif
|
|
|
2973
|
|
|
2974 static OSErr
|
|
1107
|
2975 receiveHandler(WindowRef theWindow, void *handlerRefCon, DragRef theDrag)
|
|
7
|
2976 {
|
|
|
2977 int x, y;
|
|
|
2978 int_u modifiers;
|
|
|
2979 char_u **fnames = NULL;
|
|
|
2980 int count;
|
|
|
2981 int i, j;
|
|
|
2982
|
|
|
2983 /* Get drop position, modifiers and count of items */
|
|
|
2984 {
|
|
|
2985 Point point;
|
|
|
2986 SInt16 mouseUpModifiers;
|
|
|
2987 UInt16 countItem;
|
|
|
2988
|
|
|
2989 GetDragMouse(theDrag, &point, NULL);
|
|
|
2990 GlobalToLocal(&point);
|
|
|
2991 x = point.h;
|
|
|
2992 y = point.v;
|
|
|
2993 GetDragModifiers(theDrag, NULL, NULL, &mouseUpModifiers);
|
|
|
2994 modifiers = EventModifiers2VimMouseModifiers(mouseUpModifiers);
|
|
|
2995 CountDragItems(theDrag, &countItem);
|
|
|
2996 count = countItem;
|
|
|
2997 }
|
|
|
2998
|
|
|
2999 fnames = (char_u **)alloc(count * sizeof(char_u *));
|
|
|
3000 if (fnames == NULL)
|
|
|
3001 return dragNotAcceptedErr;
|
|
|
3002
|
|
|
3003 /* Get file names dropped */
|
|
|
3004 for (i = j = 0; i < count; ++i)
|
|
|
3005 {
|
|
|
3006 DragItemRef item;
|
|
|
3007 OSErr err;
|
|
|
3008 Size size;
|
|
|
3009 FlavorType type = flavorTypeHFS;
|
|
|
3010 HFSFlavor hfsFlavor;
|
|
|
3011
|
|
|
3012 fnames[i] = NULL;
|
|
|
3013 GetDragItemReferenceNumber(theDrag, i + 1, &item);
|
|
|
3014 err = GetFlavorDataSize(theDrag, item, type, &size);
|
|
|
3015 if (err != noErr || size > sizeof(hfsFlavor))
|
|
|
3016 continue;
|
|
|
3017 err = GetFlavorData(theDrag, item, type, &hfsFlavor, &size, 0);
|
|
|
3018 if (err != noErr)
|
|
|
3019 continue;
|
|
|
3020 fnames[j++] = FullPathFromFSSpec_save(hfsFlavor.fileSpec);
|
|
|
3021 }
|
|
|
3022 count = j;
|
|
|
3023
|
|
|
3024 gui_handle_drop(x, y, modifiers, fnames, count);
|
|
37
|
3025
|
|
|
3026 /* Fake mouse event to wake from stall */
|
|
|
3027 PostEvent(mouseUp, 0);
|
|
|
3028
|
|
7
|
3029 return noErr;
|
|
|
3030 }
|
|
|
3031
|
|
|
3032 /*
|
|
|
3033 * Initialise the GUI. Create all the windows, set up all the call-backs
|
|
|
3034 * etc.
|
|
|
3035 */
|
|
|
3036 int
|
|
593
|
3037 gui_mch_init(void)
|
|
7
|
3038 {
|
|
|
3039 /* TODO: Move most of this stuff toward gui_mch_init */
|
|
|
3040 Rect windRect;
|
|
|
3041 MenuHandle pomme;
|
|
|
3042 EventHandlerRef mouseWheelHandlerRef;
|
|
168
|
3043 #ifdef USE_CARBONKEYHANDLER
|
|
1562
|
3044 EventTypeSpec eventTypeSpec;
|
|
168
|
3045 #endif
|
|
1292
|
3046 ControlRef rootControl;
|
|
168
|
3047
|
|
|
3048 if (Gestalt(gestaltSystemVersion, &gMacSystemVersion) != noErr)
|
|
593
|
3049 gMacSystemVersion = 0x1000; /* TODO: Default to minimum sensible value */
|
|
168
|
3050
|
|
7
|
3051 #if 1
|
|
|
3052 InitCursor();
|
|
|
3053
|
|
|
3054 RegisterAppearanceClient();
|
|
|
3055
|
|
|
3056 #ifdef USE_AEVENT
|
|
|
3057 (void) InstallAEHandlers();
|
|
|
3058 #endif
|
|
|
3059
|
|
9
|
3060 pomme = NewMenu(256, "\p\024"); /* 0x14= = Apple Menu */
|
|
|
3061
|
|
|
3062 AppendMenu(pomme, "\pAbout VIM");
|
|
|
3063
|
|
|
3064 InsertMenu(pomme, 0);
|
|
7
|
3065
|
|
|
3066 DrawMenuBar();
|
|
|
3067
|
|
|
3068
|
|
|
3069 #ifndef USE_OFFSETED_WINDOW
|
|
9
|
3070 SetRect(&windRect, 10, 48, 10+80*7 + 16, 48+24*11);
|
|
7
|
3071 #else
|
|
9
|
3072 SetRect(&windRect, 300, 40, 300+80*7 + 16, 40+24*11);
|
|
7
|
3073 #endif
|
|
|
3074
|
|
|
3075 gui.VimWindow = NewCWindow(nil, &windRect, "\pgVim on Macintosh", true,
|
|
|
3076 zoomDocProc,
|
|
|
3077 (WindowPtr)-1L, true, 0);
|
|
1292
|
3078 CreateRootControl(gui.VimWindow, &rootControl);
|
|
7
|
3079 InstallReceiveHandler((DragReceiveHandlerUPP)receiveHandler,
|
|
|
3080 gui.VimWindow, NULL);
|
|
9
|
3081 SetPortWindowPort(gui.VimWindow);
|
|
7
|
3082
|
|
|
3083 gui.char_width = 7;
|
|
|
3084 gui.char_height = 11;
|
|
|
3085 gui.char_ascent = 6;
|
|
|
3086 gui.num_rows = 24;
|
|
|
3087 gui.num_cols = 80;
|
|
|
3088 gui.in_focus = TRUE; /* For the moment -> syn. of front application */
|
|
|
3089
|
|
9
|
3090 gScrollAction = NewControlActionUPP(gui_mac_scroll_action);
|
|
|
3091 gScrollDrag = NewControlActionUPP(gui_mac_drag_thumb);
|
|
593
|
3092
|
|
13
|
3093 /* Install Carbon event callbacks. */
|
|
|
3094 (void)InstallFontPanelHandler();
|
|
7
|
3095
|
|
|
3096 dragRectEnbl = FALSE;
|
|
|
3097 dragRgn = NULL;
|
|
|
3098 dragRectControl = kCreateEmpty;
|
|
|
3099 cursorRgn = NewRgn();
|
|
|
3100 #endif
|
|
|
3101 /* Display any pending error messages */
|
|
|
3102 display_errors();
|
|
|
3103
|
|
|
3104 /* Get background/foreground colors from system */
|
|
1212
|
3105 /* TODO: do the appropriate call to get real defaults */
|
|
7
|
3106 gui.norm_pixel = 0x00000000;
|
|
|
3107 gui.back_pixel = 0x00FFFFFF;
|
|
|
3108
|
|
|
3109 /* Get the colors from the "Normal" group (set in syntax.c or in a vimrc
|
|
|
3110 * file). */
|
|
|
3111 set_normal_colors();
|
|
|
3112
|
|
|
3113 /*
|
|
|
3114 * Check that none of the colors are the same as the background color.
|
|
|
3115 * Then store the current values as the defaults.
|
|
|
3116 */
|
|
|
3117 gui_check_colors();
|
|
|
3118 gui.def_norm_pixel = gui.norm_pixel;
|
|
|
3119 gui.def_back_pixel = gui.back_pixel;
|
|
|
3120
|
|
|
3121 /* Get the colors for the highlight groups (gui_check_colors() might have
|
|
|
3122 * changed them) */
|
|
|
3123 highlight_gui_started();
|
|
|
3124
|
|
|
3125 /*
|
|
|
3126 * Setting the gui constants
|
|
|
3127 */
|
|
|
3128 #ifdef FEAT_MENU
|
|
|
3129 gui.menu_height = 0;
|
|
|
3130 #endif
|
|
|
3131 gui.scrollbar_height = gui.scrollbar_width = 15; /* cheat 1 overlap */
|
|
|
3132 gui.border_offset = gui.border_width = 2;
|
|
|
3133
|
|
1212
|
3134 /* If Quartz-style text anti aliasing is available (see
|
|
7
|
3135 gui_mch_draw_string() below), enable it for all font sizes. */
|
|
|
3136 vim_setenv((char_u *)"QDTEXT_MINSIZE", (char_u *)"1");
|
|
593
|
3137
|
|
7
|
3138 eventTypeSpec.eventClass = kEventClassMouse;
|
|
|
3139 eventTypeSpec.eventKind = kEventMouseWheelMoved;
|
|
|
3140 mouseWheelHandlerUPP = NewEventHandlerUPP(gui_mac_mouse_wheel);
|
|
|
3141 if (noErr != InstallApplicationEventHandler(mouseWheelHandlerUPP, 1,
|
|
|
3142 &eventTypeSpec, NULL, &mouseWheelHandlerRef))
|
|
|
3143 {
|
|
|
3144 mouseWheelHandlerRef = NULL;
|
|
|
3145 DisposeEventHandlerUPP(mouseWheelHandlerUPP);
|
|
|
3146 mouseWheelHandlerUPP = NULL;
|
|
|
3147 }
|
|
|
3148
|
|
168
|
3149 #ifdef USE_CARBONKEYHANDLER
|
|
1562
|
3150 InterfaceTypeList supportedServices = { kUnicodeDocument };
|
|
|
3151 NewTSMDocument(1, supportedServices, &gTSMDocument, 0);
|
|
|
3152
|
|
|
3153 /* We don't support inline input yet, use input window by default */
|
|
|
3154 UseInputWindow(gTSMDocument, TRUE);
|
|
|
3155
|
|
|
3156 /* Should we activate the document by default? */
|
|
|
3157 // ActivateTSMDocument(gTSMDocument);
|
|
|
3158
|
|
|
3159 EventTypeSpec textEventTypes[] = {
|
|
|
3160 { kEventClassTextInput, kEventTextInputUpdateActiveInputArea },
|
|
|
3161 { kEventClassTextInput, kEventTextInputUnicodeForKeyEvent },
|
|
|
3162 { kEventClassTextInput, kEventTextInputPosToOffset },
|
|
|
3163 { kEventClassTextInput, kEventTextInputOffsetToPos },
|
|
|
3164 };
|
|
|
3165
|
|
|
3166 keyEventHandlerUPP = NewEventHandlerUPP(gui_mac_handle_text_input);
|
|
|
3167 if (noErr != InstallApplicationEventHandler(keyEventHandlerUPP,
|
|
|
3168 NR_ELEMS(textEventTypes),
|
|
|
3169 textEventTypes, NULL, NULL))
|
|
|
3170 {
|
|
168
|
3171 DisposeEventHandlerUPP(keyEventHandlerUPP);
|
|
|
3172 keyEventHandlerUPP = NULL;
|
|
|
3173 }
|
|
1562
|
3174
|
|
|
3175 EventTypeSpec windowEventTypes[] = {
|
|
|
3176 { kEventClassWindow, kEventWindowActivated },
|
|
|
3177 { kEventClassWindow, kEventWindowDeactivated },
|
|
|
3178 };
|
|
|
3179
|
|
|
3180 /* Install window event handler to support TSMDocument activate and
|
|
|
3181 * deactivate */
|
|
|
3182 winEventHandlerUPP = NewEventHandlerUPP(gui_mac_handle_window_activate);
|
|
|
3183 if (noErr != InstallWindowEventHandler(gui.VimWindow,
|
|
|
3184 winEventHandlerUPP,
|
|
|
3185 NR_ELEMS(windowEventTypes),
|
|
|
3186 windowEventTypes, NULL, NULL))
|
|
|
3187 {
|
|
|
3188 DisposeEventHandlerUPP(winEventHandlerUPP);
|
|
|
3189 winEventHandlerUPP = NULL;
|
|
|
3190 }
|
|
168
|
3191 #endif
|
|
|
3192
|
|
|
3193 /*
|
|
7
|
3194 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
168
|
3195 set_option_value((char_u *)"encoding", 0L, (char_u *)"utf-8", 0);
|
|
|
3196 #endif
|
|
|
3197 */
|
|
7
|
3198
|
|
1106
|
3199 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_TABLINE
|
|
|
3200 /*
|
|
|
3201 * Create the tabline
|
|
|
3202 */
|
|
|
3203 initialise_tabline();
|
|
|
3204 #endif
|
|
|
3205
|
|
7
|
3206 /* TODO: Load bitmap if using TOOLBAR */
|
|
|
3207 return OK;
|
|
|
3208 }
|
|
|
3209
|
|
|
3210 /*
|
|
|
3211 * Called when the foreground or background color has been changed.
|
|
|
3212 */
|
|
|
3213 void
|
|
593
|
3214 gui_mch_new_colors(void)
|
|
7
|
3215 {
|
|
|
3216 /* TODO:
|
|
|
3217 * This proc is called when Normal is set to a value
|
|
|
3218 * so what msut be done? I don't know
|
|
|
3219 */
|
|
|
3220 }
|
|
|
3221
|
|
|
3222 /*
|
|
|
3223 * Open the GUI window which was created by a call to gui_mch_init().
|
|
|
3224 */
|
|
|
3225 int
|
|
593
|
3226 gui_mch_open(void)
|
|
7
|
3227 {
|
|
|
3228 ShowWindow(gui.VimWindow);
|
|
|
3229
|
|
|
3230 if (gui_win_x != -1 && gui_win_y != -1)
|
|
|
3231 gui_mch_set_winpos(gui_win_x, gui_win_y);
|
|
|
3232
|
|
|
3233 /*
|
|
|
3234 * Make the GUI the foreground process (in case it was launched
|
|
|
3235 * from the Terminal or via :gui).
|
|
|
3236 */
|
|
|
3237 {
|
|
|
3238 ProcessSerialNumber psn;
|
|
|
3239 if (GetCurrentProcess(&psn) == noErr)
|
|
|
3240 SetFrontProcess(&psn);
|
|
|
3241 }
|
|
|
3242
|
|
|
3243 return OK;
|
|
|
3244 }
|
|
|
3245
|
|
1562
|
3246 #ifdef USE_ATSUI_DRAWING
|
|
|
3247 static void
|
|
|
3248 gui_mac_dispose_atsui_style(void)
|
|
|
3249 {
|
|
|
3250 if (p_macatsui && gFontStyle)
|
|
|
3251 ATSUDisposeStyle(gFontStyle);
|
|
|
3252 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
3253 if (p_macatsui && gWideFontStyle)
|
|
|
3254 ATSUDisposeStyle(gWideFontStyle);
|
|
|
3255 #endif
|
|
|
3256 }
|
|
|
3257 #endif
|
|
|
3258
|
|
7
|
3259 void
|
|
|
3260 gui_mch_exit(int rc)
|
|
|
3261 {
|
|
|
3262 /* TODO: find out all what is missing here? */
|
|
|
3263 DisposeRgn(cursorRgn);
|
|
|
3264
|
|
168
|
3265 #ifdef USE_CARBONKEYHANDLER
|
|
|
3266 if (keyEventHandlerUPP)
|
|
|
3267 DisposeEventHandlerUPP(keyEventHandlerUPP);
|
|
|
3268 #endif
|
|
|
3269
|
|
7
|
3270 if (mouseWheelHandlerUPP != NULL)
|
|
|
3271 DisposeEventHandlerUPP(mouseWheelHandlerUPP);
|
|
|
3272
|
|
168
|
3273 #ifdef USE_ATSUI_DRAWING
|
|
1562
|
3274 gui_mac_dispose_atsui_style();
|
|
|
3275 #endif
|
|
|
3276
|
|
|
3277 #ifdef USE_CARBONKEYHANDLER
|
|
|
3278 FixTSMDocument(gTSMDocument);
|
|
|
3279 DeactivateTSMDocument(gTSMDocument);
|
|
|
3280 DeleteTSMDocument(gTSMDocument);
|
|
168
|
3281 #endif
|
|
|
3282
|
|
7
|
3283 /* Exit to shell? */
|
|
|
3284 exit(rc);
|
|
|
3285 }
|
|
|
3286
|
|
|
3287 /*
|
|
|
3288 * Get the position of the top left corner of the window.
|
|
|
3289 */
|
|
|
3290 int
|
|
|
3291 gui_mch_get_winpos(int *x, int *y)
|
|
|
3292 {
|
|
|
3293 /* TODO */
|
|
|
3294 Rect bounds;
|
|
|
3295 OSStatus status;
|
|
|
3296
|
|
|
3297 /* Carbon >= 1.0.2, MacOS >= 8.5 */
|
|
9
|
3298 status = GetWindowBounds(gui.VimWindow, kWindowStructureRgn, &bounds);
|
|
7
|
3299
|
|
|
3300 if (status != noErr)
|
|
|
3301 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3302 *x = bounds.left;
|
|
|
3303 *y = bounds.top;
|
|
|
3304 return OK;
|
|
|
3305 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3306 }
|
|
|
3307
|
|
|
3308 /*
|
|
|
3309 * Set the position of the top left corner of the window to the given
|
|
|
3310 * coordinates.
|
|
|
3311 */
|
|
|
3312 void
|
|
|
3313 gui_mch_set_winpos(int x, int y)
|
|
|
3314 {
|
|
|
3315 /* TODO: Should make sure the window is move within range
|
|
|
3316 * e.g.: y > ~16 [Menu bar], x > 0, x < screen width
|
|
|
3317 */
|
|
1377
|
3318 MoveWindowStructure(gui.VimWindow, x, y);
|
|
7
|
3319 }
|
|
|
3320
|
|
|
3321 void
|
|
|
3322 gui_mch_set_shellsize(
|
|
|
3323 int width,
|
|
|
3324 int height,
|
|
|
3325 int min_width,
|
|
|
3326 int min_height,
|
|
|
3327 int base_width,
|
|
812
|
3328 int base_height,
|
|
|
3329 int direction)
|
|
7
|
3330 {
|
|
|
3331 CGrafPtr VimPort;
|
|
|
3332 Rect VimBound;
|
|
|
3333
|
|
|
3334 if (gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_LEFT])
|
|
|
3335 {
|
|
9
|
3336 VimPort = GetWindowPort(gui.VimWindow);
|
|
|
3337 GetPortBounds(VimPort, &VimBound);
|
|
7
|
3338 VimBound.left = -gui.scrollbar_width; /* + 1;*/
|
|
9
|
3339 SetPortBounds(VimPort, &VimBound);
|
|
7
|
3340 /* GetWindowBounds(gui.VimWindow, kWindowGlobalPortRgn, &winPortRect); ??*/
|
|
|
3341 }
|
|
|
3342 else
|
|
|
3343 {
|
|
9
|
3344 VimPort = GetWindowPort(gui.VimWindow);
|
|
|
3345 GetPortBounds(VimPort, &VimBound);
|
|
7
|
3346 VimBound.left = 0;
|
|
9
|
3347 SetPortBounds(VimPort, &VimBound);
|
|
7
|
3348 }
|
|
|
3349
|
|
|
3350 SizeWindow(gui.VimWindow, width, height, TRUE);
|
|
|
3351
|
|
|
3352 gui_resize_shell(width, height);
|
|
|
3353 }
|
|
|
3354
|
|
|
3355 /*
|
|
|
3356 * Get the screen dimensions.
|
|
|
3357 * Allow 10 pixels for horizontal borders, 40 for vertical borders.
|
|
|
3358 * Is there no way to find out how wide the borders really are?
|
|
1212
|
3359 * TODO: Add live update of those value on suspend/resume.
|
|
7
|
3360 */
|
|
|
3361 void
|
|
593
|
3362 gui_mch_get_screen_dimensions(int *screen_w, int *screen_h)
|
|
7
|
3363 {
|
|
|
3364 GDHandle dominantDevice = GetMainDevice();
|
|
|
3365 Rect screenRect = (**dominantDevice).gdRect;
|
|
|
3366
|
|
|
3367 *screen_w = screenRect.right - 10;
|
|
|
3368 *screen_h = screenRect.bottom - 40;
|
|
|
3369 }
|
|
|
3370
|
|
|
3371
|
|
13
|
3372 /*
|
|
|
3373 * Open the Font Panel and wait for the user to select a font and
|
|
|
3374 * close the panel. Then fill the buffer pointed to by font_name with
|
|
|
3375 * the name and size of the selected font and return the font's handle,
|
|
|
3376 * or NOFONT in case of an error.
|
|
|
3377 */
|
|
|
3378 static GuiFont
|
|
|
3379 gui_mac_select_font(char_u *font_name)
|
|
|
3380 {
|
|
|
3381 GuiFont selected_font = NOFONT;
|
|
|
3382 OSStatus status;
|
|
|
3383 FontSelectionQDStyle curr_font;
|
|
|
3384
|
|
|
3385 /* Initialize the Font Panel with the current font. */
|
|
|
3386 curr_font.instance.fontFamily = gui.norm_font & 0xFFFF;
|
|
|
3387 curr_font.size = (gui.norm_font >> 16);
|
|
|
3388 /* TODO: set fontStyle once styles are supported in gui_mac_find_font() */
|
|
|
3389 curr_font.instance.fontStyle = 0;
|
|
|
3390 curr_font.hasColor = false;
|
|
|
3391 curr_font.version = 0; /* version number of the style structure */
|
|
|
3392 status = SetFontInfoForSelection(kFontSelectionQDType,
|
|
|
3393 /*numStyles=*/1, &curr_font, /*eventTarget=*/NULL);
|
|
|
3394
|
|
|
3395 gFontPanelInfo.family = curr_font.instance.fontFamily;
|
|
|
3396 gFontPanelInfo.style = curr_font.instance.fontStyle;
|
|
|
3397 gFontPanelInfo.size = curr_font.size;
|
|
|
3398
|
|
|
3399 /* Pop up the Font Panel. */
|
|
|
3400 status = FPShowHideFontPanel();
|
|
|
3401 if (status == noErr)
|
|
|
3402 {
|
|
|
3403 /*
|
|
|
3404 * The Font Panel is modeless. We really need it to be modal,
|
|
|
3405 * so we spin in an event loop until the panel is closed.
|
|
|
3406 */
|
|
|
3407 gFontPanelInfo.isPanelVisible = true;
|
|
|
3408 while (gFontPanelInfo.isPanelVisible)
|
|
|
3409 {
|
|
|
3410 EventRecord e;
|
|
|
3411 WaitNextEvent(everyEvent, &e, /*sleep=*/20, /*mouseRgn=*/NULL);
|
|
|
3412 }
|
|
|
3413
|
|
|
3414 GetFontPanelSelection(font_name);
|
|
|
3415 selected_font = gui_mac_find_font(font_name);
|
|
|
3416 }
|
|
|
3417 return selected_font;
|
|
|
3418 }
|
|
|
3419
|
|
1562
|
3420 #ifdef USE_ATSUI_DRAWING
|
|
|
3421 static void
|
|
|
3422 gui_mac_create_atsui_style(void)
|
|
|
3423 {
|
|
|
3424 if (p_macatsui && gFontStyle == NULL)
|
|
|
3425 {
|
|
|
3426 if (ATSUCreateStyle(&gFontStyle) != noErr)
|
|
|
3427 gFontStyle = NULL;
|
|
|
3428 }
|
|
|
3429 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
3430 if (p_macatsui && gWideFontStyle == NULL)
|
|
|
3431 {
|
|
|
3432 if (ATSUCreateStyle(&gWideFontStyle) != noErr)
|
|
|
3433 gWideFontStyle = NULL;
|
|
|
3434 }
|
|
|
3435 #endif
|
|
|
3436
|
|
|
3437 p_macatsui_last = p_macatsui;
|
|
|
3438 }
|
|
|
3439 #endif
|
|
7
|
3440
|
|
|
3441 /*
|
|
|
3442 * Initialise vim to use the font with the given name. Return FAIL if the font
|
|
|
3443 * could not be loaded, OK otherwise.
|
|
|
3444 */
|
|
|
3445 int
|
|
593
|
3446 gui_mch_init_font(char_u *font_name, int fontset)
|
|
7
|
3447 {
|
|
|
3448 /* TODO: Add support for bold italic underline proportional etc... */
|
|
|
3449 Str255 suggestedFont = "\pMonaco";
|
|
170
|
3450 int suggestedSize = 10;
|
|
7
|
3451 FontInfo font_info;
|
|
|
3452 short font_id;
|
|
|
3453 GuiFont font;
|
|
37
|
3454 char_u used_font_name[512];
|
|
7
|
3455
|
|
168
|
3456 #ifdef USE_ATSUI_DRAWING
|
|
1562
|
3457 gui_mac_create_atsui_style();
|
|
168
|
3458 #endif
|
|
|
3459
|
|
7
|
3460 if (font_name == NULL)
|
|
|
3461 {
|
|
|
3462 /* First try to get the suggested font */
|
|
|
3463 GetFNum(suggestedFont, &font_id);
|
|
|
3464
|
|
|
3465 if (font_id == 0)
|
|
|
3466 {
|
|
|
3467 /* Then pickup the standard application font */
|
|
|
3468 font_id = GetAppFont();
|
|
37
|
3469 STRCPY(used_font_name, "default");
|
|
7
|
3470 }
|
|
37
|
3471 else
|
|
|
3472 STRCPY(used_font_name, "Monaco");
|
|
7
|
3473 font = (suggestedSize << 16) + ((long) font_id & 0xFFFF);
|
|
|
3474 }
|
|
13
|
3475 else if (STRCMP(font_name, "*") == 0)
|
|
|
3476 {
|
|
37
|
3477 char_u *new_p_guifont;
|
|
|
3478
|
|
|
3479 font = gui_mac_select_font(used_font_name);
|
|
13
|
3480 if (font == NOFONT)
|
|
|
3481 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3482
|
|
|
3483 /* Set guifont to the name of the selected font. */
|
|
37
|
3484 new_p_guifont = alloc(STRLEN(used_font_name) + 1);
|
|
13
|
3485 if (new_p_guifont != NULL)
|
|
|
3486 {
|
|
37
|
3487 STRCPY(new_p_guifont, used_font_name);
|
|
13
|
3488 vim_free(p_guifont);
|
|
|
3489 p_guifont = new_p_guifont;
|
|
|
3490 /* Replace spaces in the font name with underscores. */
|
|
|
3491 for ( ; *new_p_guifont; ++new_p_guifont)
|
|
|
3492 {
|
|
|
3493 if (*new_p_guifont == ' ')
|
|
|
3494 *new_p_guifont = '_';
|
|
|
3495 }
|
|
|
3496 }
|
|
|
3497 }
|
|
7
|
3498 else
|
|
|
3499 {
|
|
9
|
3500 font = gui_mac_find_font(font_name);
|
|
418
|
3501 vim_strncpy(used_font_name, font_name, sizeof(used_font_name) - 1);
|
|
7
|
3502
|
|
|
3503 if (font == NOFONT)
|
|
|
3504 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3505 }
|
|
37
|
3506
|
|
7
|
3507 gui.norm_font = font;
|
|
|
3508
|
|
37
|
3509 hl_set_font_name(used_font_name);
|
|
|
3510
|
|
9
|
3511 TextSize(font >> 16);
|
|
|
3512 TextFont(font & 0xFFFF);
|
|
|
3513
|
|
189
|
3514 GetFontInfo(&font_info);
|
|
|
3515
|
|
|
3516 gui.char_ascent = font_info.ascent;
|
|
|
3517 gui.char_width = CharWidth('_');
|
|
|
3518 gui.char_height = font_info.ascent + font_info.descent + p_linespace;
|
|
|
3519
|
|
168
|
3520 #ifdef USE_ATSUI_DRAWING
|
|
842
|
3521 if (p_macatsui && gFontStyle)
|
|
1562
|
3522 gui_mac_set_font_attributes(font);
|
|
168
|
3523 #endif
|
|
|
3524
|
|
7
|
3525 return OK;
|
|
|
3526 }
|
|
|
3527
|
|
444
|
3528 /*
|
|
|
3529 * Adjust gui.char_height (after 'linespace' was changed).
|
|
|
3530 */
|
|
7
|
3531 int
|
|
593
|
3532 gui_mch_adjust_charheight(void)
|
|
7
|
3533 {
|
|
|
3534 FontInfo font_info;
|
|
|
3535
|
|
9
|
3536 GetFontInfo(&font_info);
|
|
7
|
3537 gui.char_height = font_info.ascent + font_info.descent + p_linespace;
|
|
|
3538 gui.char_ascent = font_info.ascent + p_linespace / 2;
|
|
|
3539 return OK;
|
|
|
3540 }
|
|
|
3541
|
|
|
3542 /*
|
|
|
3543 * Get a font structure for highlighting.
|
|
|
3544 */
|
|
|
3545 GuiFont
|
|
593
|
3546 gui_mch_get_font(char_u *name, int giveErrorIfMissing)
|
|
7
|
3547 {
|
|
|
3548 GuiFont font;
|
|
|
3549
|
|
|
3550 font = gui_mac_find_font(name);
|
|
|
3551
|
|
|
3552 if (font == NOFONT)
|
|
|
3553 {
|
|
|
3554 if (giveErrorIfMissing)
|
|
|
3555 EMSG2(_(e_font), name);
|
|
|
3556 return NOFONT;
|
|
|
3557 }
|
|
|
3558 /*
|
|
|
3559 * TODO : Accept only monospace
|
|
|
3560 */
|
|
|
3561
|
|
|
3562 return font;
|
|
|
3563 }
|
|
|
3564
|
|
44
|
3565 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
7
|
3566 /*
|
|
37
|
3567 * Return the name of font "font" in allocated memory.
|
|
|
3568 * Don't know how to get the actual name, thus use the provided name.
|
|
|
3569 */
|
|
|
3570 char_u *
|
|
593
|
3571 gui_mch_get_fontname(GuiFont font, char_u *name)
|
|
37
|
3572 {
|
|
|
3573 if (name == NULL)
|
|
|
3574 return NULL;
|
|
|
3575 return vim_strsave(name);
|
|
|
3576 }
|
|
44
|
3577 #endif
|
|
37
|
3578
|
|
1562
|
3579 #ifdef USE_ATSUI_DRAWING
|
|
|
3580 static void
|
|
|
3581 gui_mac_set_font_attributes(GuiFont font)
|
|
|
3582 {
|
|
|
3583 ATSUFontID fontID;
|
|
|
3584 Fixed fontSize;
|
|
|
3585 Fixed fontWidth;
|
|
|
3586
|
|
|
3587 fontID = font & 0xFFFF;
|
|
|
3588 fontSize = Long2Fix(font >> 16);
|
|
|
3589 fontWidth = Long2Fix(gui.char_width);
|
|
|
3590
|
|
|
3591 ATSUAttributeTag attribTags[] =
|
|
|
3592 {
|
|
|
3593 kATSUFontTag, kATSUSizeTag, kATSUImposeWidthTag,
|
|
|
3594 kATSUMaxATSUITagValue + 1
|
|
|
3595 };
|
|
|
3596
|
|
|
3597 ByteCount attribSizes[] =
|
|
|
3598 {
|
|
|
3599 sizeof(ATSUFontID), sizeof(Fixed), sizeof(fontWidth),
|
|
|
3600 sizeof(font)
|
|
|
3601 };
|
|
|
3602
|
|
|
3603 ATSUAttributeValuePtr attribValues[] =
|
|
|
3604 {
|
|
|
3605 &fontID, &fontSize, &fontWidth, &font
|
|
|
3606 };
|
|
|
3607
|
|
|
3608 if (FMGetFontFromFontFamilyInstance(fontID, 0, &fontID, NULL) == noErr)
|
|
|
3609 {
|
|
|
3610 if (ATSUSetAttributes(gFontStyle,
|
|
|
3611 (sizeof attribTags) / sizeof(ATSUAttributeTag),
|
|
|
3612 attribTags, attribSizes, attribValues) != noErr)
|
|
|
3613 {
|
|
|
3614 # ifndef NDEBUG
|
|
|
3615 fprintf(stderr, "couldn't set font style\n");
|
|
|
3616 # endif
|
|
|
3617 ATSUDisposeStyle(gFontStyle);
|
|
|
3618 gFontStyle = NULL;
|
|
|
3619 }
|
|
|
3620
|
|
|
3621 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
3622 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
3623 {
|
|
|
3624 /* FIXME: we should use a more mbyte sensitive way to support
|
|
|
3625 * wide font drawing */
|
|
|
3626 fontWidth = Long2Fix(gui.char_width * 2);
|
|
|
3627
|
|
|
3628 if (ATSUSetAttributes(gWideFontStyle,
|
|
|
3629 (sizeof attribTags) / sizeof(ATSUAttributeTag),
|
|
|
3630 attribTags, attribSizes, attribValues) != noErr)
|
|
|
3631 {
|
|
|
3632 ATSUDisposeStyle(gWideFontStyle);
|
|
|
3633 gWideFontStyle = NULL;
|
|
|
3634 }
|
|
|
3635 }
|
|
|
3636 #endif
|
|
|
3637 }
|
|
|
3638 }
|
|
|
3639 #endif
|
|
|
3640
|
|
37
|
3641 /*
|
|
7
|
3642 * Set the current text font.
|
|
|
3643 */
|
|
|
3644 void
|
|
593
|
3645 gui_mch_set_font(GuiFont font)
|
|
7
|
3646 {
|
|
168
|
3647 #ifdef USE_ATSUI_DRAWING
|
|
|
3648 GuiFont currFont;
|
|
|
3649 ByteCount actualFontByteCount;
|
|
|
3650
|
|
842
|
3651 if (p_macatsui && gFontStyle)
|
|
168
|
3652 {
|
|
|
3653 /* Avoid setting same font again */
|
|
1562
|
3654 if (ATSUGetAttribute(gFontStyle, kATSUMaxATSUITagValue + 1,
|
|
|
3655 sizeof(font), &currFont, &actualFontByteCount) == noErr
|
|
|
3656 && actualFontByteCount == (sizeof font))
|
|
168
|
3657 {
|
|
|
3658 if (currFont == font)
|
|
|
3659 return;
|
|
|
3660 }
|
|
|
3661
|
|
1562
|
3662 gui_mac_set_font_attributes(font);
|
|
168
|
3663 }
|
|
|
3664
|
|
842
|
3665 if (p_macatsui && !gIsFontFallbackSet)
|
|
168
|
3666 {
|
|
|
3667 /* Setup automatic font substitution. The user's guifontwide
|
|
|
3668 * is tried first, then the system tries other fonts. */
|
|
|
3669 /*
|
|
|
3670 ATSUAttributeTag fallbackTags[] = { kATSULineFontFallbacksTag };
|
|
|
3671 ByteCount fallbackSizes[] = { sizeof(ATSUFontFallbacks) };
|
|
|
3672 ATSUCreateFontFallbacks(&gFontFallbacks);
|
|
|
3673 ATSUSetObjFontFallbacks(gFontFallbacks, );
|
|
|
3674 */
|
|
|
3675 if (gui.wide_font)
|
|
|
3676 {
|
|
|
3677 ATSUFontID fallbackFonts;
|
|
|
3678 gIsFontFallbackSet = TRUE;
|
|
|
3679
|
|
|
3680 if (FMGetFontFromFontFamilyInstance(
|
|
|
3681 (gui.wide_font & 0xFFFF),
|
|
|
3682 0,
|
|
|
3683 &fallbackFonts,
|
|
|
3684 NULL) == noErr)
|
|
|
3685 {
|
|
1562
|
3686 ATSUSetFontFallbacks((sizeof fallbackFonts)/sizeof(ATSUFontID),
|
|
|
3687 &fallbackFonts,
|
|
|
3688 kATSUSequentialFallbacksPreferred);
|
|
168
|
3689 }
|
|
|
3690 /*
|
|
|
3691 ATSUAttributeValuePtr fallbackValues[] = { };
|
|
|
3692 */
|
|
|
3693 }
|
|
|
3694 }
|
|
|
3695 #endif
|
|
7
|
3696 TextSize(font >> 16);
|
|
|
3697 TextFont(font & 0xFFFF);
|
|
|
3698 }
|
|
|
3699
|
|
|
3700 /*
|
|
|
3701 * If a font is not going to be used, free its structure.
|
|
|
3702 */
|
|
|
3703 void
|
|
|
3704 gui_mch_free_font(font)
|
|
|
3705 GuiFont font;
|
|
|
3706 {
|
|
|
3707 /*
|
|
|
3708 * Free font when "font" is not 0.
|
|
|
3709 * Nothing to do in the current implementation, since
|
|
|
3710 * nothing is allocated for each font used.
|
|
|
3711 */
|
|
|
3712 }
|
|
|
3713
|
|
|
3714 static int
|
|
593
|
3715 hex_digit(int c)
|
|
7
|
3716 {
|
|
|
3717 if (isdigit(c))
|
|
|
3718 return c - '0';
|
|
|
3719 c = TOLOWER_ASC(c);
|
|
|
3720 if (c >= 'a' && c <= 'f')
|
|
|
3721 return c - 'a' + 10;
|
|
|
3722 return -1000;
|
|
|
3723 }
|
|
|
3724
|
|
|
3725 /*
|
|
|
3726 * Return the Pixel value (color) for the given color name. This routine was
|
|
|
3727 * pretty much taken from example code in the Silicon Graphics OSF/Motif
|
|
|
3728 * Programmer's Guide.
|
|
|
3729 * Return INVALCOLOR when failed.
|
|
|
3730 */
|
|
|
3731 guicolor_T
|
|
593
|
3732 gui_mch_get_color(char_u *name)
|
|
7
|
3733 {
|
|
|
3734 /* TODO: Add support for the new named color of MacOS 8
|
|
|
3735 */
|
|
|
3736 RGBColor MacColor;
|
|
|
3737 // guicolor_T color = 0;
|
|
|
3738
|
|
|
3739 typedef struct guicolor_tTable
|
|
|
3740 {
|
|
|
3741 char *name;
|
|
|
3742 guicolor_T color;
|
|
|
3743 } guicolor_tTable;
|
|
|
3744
|
|
|
3745 /*
|
|
|
3746 * The comment at the end of each line is the source
|
|
|
3747 * (Mac, Window, Unix) and the number is the unix rgb.txt value
|
|
|
3748 */
|
|
|
3749 static guicolor_tTable table[] =
|
|
|
3750 {
|
|
|
3751 {"Black", RGB(0x00, 0x00, 0x00)},
|
|
|
3752 {"darkgray", RGB(0x80, 0x80, 0x80)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3753 {"darkgrey", RGB(0x80, 0x80, 0x80)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3754 {"Gray", RGB(0xC0, 0xC0, 0xC0)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3755 {"Grey", RGB(0xC0, 0xC0, 0xC0)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3756 {"lightgray", RGB(0xE0, 0xE0, 0xE0)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3757 {"lightgrey", RGB(0xE0, 0xE0, 0xE0)}, /*W*/
|
|
834
|
3758 {"gray10", RGB(0x1A, 0x1A, 0x1A)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3759 {"grey10", RGB(0x1A, 0x1A, 0x1A)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3760 {"gray20", RGB(0x33, 0x33, 0x33)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3761 {"grey20", RGB(0x33, 0x33, 0x33)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3762 {"gray30", RGB(0x4D, 0x4D, 0x4D)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3763 {"grey30", RGB(0x4D, 0x4D, 0x4D)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3764 {"gray40", RGB(0x66, 0x66, 0x66)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3765 {"grey40", RGB(0x66, 0x66, 0x66)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3766 {"gray50", RGB(0x7F, 0x7F, 0x7F)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3767 {"grey50", RGB(0x7F, 0x7F, 0x7F)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3768 {"gray60", RGB(0x99, 0x99, 0x99)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3769 {"grey60", RGB(0x99, 0x99, 0x99)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3770 {"gray70", RGB(0xB3, 0xB3, 0xB3)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3771 {"grey70", RGB(0xB3, 0xB3, 0xB3)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3772 {"gray80", RGB(0xCC, 0xCC, 0xCC)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3773 {"grey80", RGB(0xCC, 0xCC, 0xCC)}, /*W*/
|
|
818
|
3774 {"gray90", RGB(0xE5, 0xE5, 0xE5)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3775 {"grey90", RGB(0xE5, 0xE5, 0xE5)}, /*W*/
|
|
7
|
3776 {"white", RGB(0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF)},
|
|
|
3777 {"darkred", RGB(0x80, 0x00, 0x00)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3778 {"red", RGB(0xDD, 0x08, 0x06)}, /*M*/
|
|
|
3779 {"lightred", RGB(0xFF, 0xA0, 0xA0)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3780 {"DarkBlue", RGB(0x00, 0x00, 0x80)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3781 {"Blue", RGB(0x00, 0x00, 0xD4)}, /*M*/
|
|
|
3782 {"lightblue", RGB(0xA0, 0xA0, 0xFF)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3783 {"DarkGreen", RGB(0x00, 0x80, 0x00)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3784 {"Green", RGB(0x00, 0x64, 0x11)}, /*M*/
|
|
|
3785 {"lightgreen", RGB(0xA0, 0xFF, 0xA0)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3786 {"DarkCyan", RGB(0x00, 0x80, 0x80)}, /*W ?0x307D7E */
|
|
|
3787 {"cyan", RGB(0x02, 0xAB, 0xEA)}, /*M*/
|
|
|
3788 {"lightcyan", RGB(0xA0, 0xFF, 0xFF)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3789 {"darkmagenta", RGB(0x80, 0x00, 0x80)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3790 {"magenta", RGB(0xF2, 0x08, 0x84)}, /*M*/
|
|
|
3791 {"lightmagenta",RGB(0xF0, 0xA0, 0xF0)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3792 {"brown", RGB(0x80, 0x40, 0x40)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3793 {"yellow", RGB(0xFC, 0xF3, 0x05)}, /*M*/
|
|
|
3794 {"lightyellow", RGB(0xFF, 0xFF, 0xA0)}, /*M*/
|
|
308
|
3795 {"darkyellow", RGB(0xBB, 0xBB, 0x00)}, /*U*/
|
|
7
|
3796 {"SeaGreen", RGB(0x2E, 0x8B, 0x57)}, /*W 0x4E8975 */
|
|
|
3797 {"orange", RGB(0xFC, 0x80, 0x00)}, /*W 0xF87A17 */
|
|
|
3798 {"Purple", RGB(0xA0, 0x20, 0xF0)}, /*W 0x8e35e5 */
|
|
|
3799 {"SlateBlue", RGB(0x6A, 0x5A, 0xCD)}, /*W 0x737CA1 */
|
|
|
3800 {"Violet", RGB(0x8D, 0x38, 0xC9)}, /*U*/
|
|
|
3801 };
|
|
|
3802
|
|
|
3803 int r, g, b;
|
|
|
3804 int i;
|
|
|
3805
|
|
|
3806 if (name[0] == '#' && strlen((char *) name) == 7)
|
|
|
3807 {
|
|
|
3808 /* Name is in "#rrggbb" format */
|
|
|
3809 r = hex_digit(name[1]) * 16 + hex_digit(name[2]);
|
|
|
3810 g = hex_digit(name[3]) * 16 + hex_digit(name[4]);
|
|
|
3811 b = hex_digit(name[5]) * 16 + hex_digit(name[6]);
|
|
|
3812 if (r < 0 || g < 0 || b < 0)
|
|
|
3813 return INVALCOLOR;
|
|
|
3814 return RGB(r, g, b);
|
|
|
3815 }
|
|
|
3816 else
|
|
|
3817 {
|
|
9
|
3818 if (STRICMP(name, "hilite") == 0)
|
|
7
|
3819 {
|
|
9
|
3820 LMGetHiliteRGB(&MacColor);
|
|
|
3821 return (RGB(MacColor.red >> 8, MacColor.green >> 8, MacColor.blue >> 8));
|
|
7
|
3822 }
|
|
|
3823 /* Check if the name is one of the colors we know */
|
|
|
3824 for (i = 0; i < sizeof(table) / sizeof(table[0]); i++)
|
|
|
3825 if (STRICMP(name, table[i].name) == 0)
|
|
|
3826 return table[i].color;
|
|
|
3827 }
|
|
|
3828
|
|
|
3829 /*
|
|
|
3830 * Last attempt. Look in the file "$VIM/rgb.txt".
|
|
|
3831 */
|
|
|
3832 {
|
|
|
3833 #define LINE_LEN 100
|
|
|
3834 FILE *fd;
|
|
|
3835 char line[LINE_LEN];
|
|
|
3836 char_u *fname;
|
|
|
3837
|
|
|
3838 fname = expand_env_save((char_u *)"$VIMRUNTIME/rgb.txt");
|
|
|
3839 if (fname == NULL)
|
|
|
3840 return INVALCOLOR;
|
|
|
3841
|
|
|
3842 fd = fopen((char *)fname, "rt");
|
|
|
3843 vim_free(fname);
|
|
|
3844 if (fd == NULL)
|
|
|
3845 return INVALCOLOR;
|
|
|
3846
|
|
|
3847 while (!feof(fd))
|
|
|
3848 {
|
|
|
3849 int len;
|
|
|
3850 int pos;
|
|
|
3851 char *color;
|
|
|
3852
|
|
|
3853 fgets(line, LINE_LEN, fd);
|
|
|
3854 len = strlen(line);
|
|
|
3855
|
|
|
3856 if (len <= 1 || line[len-1] != '\n')
|
|
|
3857 continue;
|
|
|
3858
|
|
|
3859 line[len-1] = '\0';
|
|
|
3860
|
|
|
3861 i = sscanf(line, "%d %d %d %n", &r, &g, &b, &pos);
|
|
|
3862 if (i != 3)
|
|
|
3863 continue;
|
|
|
3864
|
|
|
3865 color = line + pos;
|
|
|
3866
|
|
|
3867 if (STRICMP(color, name) == 0)
|
|
|
3868 {
|
|
|
3869 fclose(fd);
|
|
|
3870 return (guicolor_T) RGB(r, g, b);
|
|
|
3871 }
|
|
|
3872 }
|
|
|
3873 fclose(fd);
|
|
|
3874 }
|
|
|
3875
|
|
|
3876 return INVALCOLOR;
|
|
|
3877 }
|
|
|
3878
|
|
|
3879 /*
|
|
|
3880 * Set the current text foreground color.
|
|
|
3881 */
|
|
|
3882 void
|
|
593
|
3883 gui_mch_set_fg_color(guicolor_T color)
|
|
7
|
3884 {
|
|
|
3885 RGBColor TheColor;
|
|
|
3886
|
|
|
3887 TheColor.red = Red(color) * 0x0101;
|
|
|
3888 TheColor.green = Green(color) * 0x0101;
|
|
|
3889 TheColor.blue = Blue(color) * 0x0101;
|
|
|
3890
|
|
9
|
3891 RGBForeColor(&TheColor);
|
|
7
|
3892 }
|
|
|
3893
|
|
|
3894 /*
|
|
|
3895 * Set the current text background color.
|
|
|
3896 */
|
|
|
3897 void
|
|
593
|
3898 gui_mch_set_bg_color(guicolor_T color)
|
|
7
|
3899 {
|
|
|
3900 RGBColor TheColor;
|
|
|
3901
|
|
|
3902 TheColor.red = Red(color) * 0x0101;
|
|
|
3903 TheColor.green = Green(color) * 0x0101;
|
|
|
3904 TheColor.blue = Blue(color) * 0x0101;
|
|
|
3905
|
|
9
|
3906 RGBBackColor(&TheColor);
|
|
7
|
3907 }
|
|
|
3908
|
|
563
|
3909 RGBColor specialColor;
|
|
|
3910
|
|
212
|
3911 /*
|
|
563
|
3912 * Set the current text special color.
|
|
212
|
3913 */
|
|
|
3914 void
|
|
593
|
3915 gui_mch_set_sp_color(guicolor_T color)
|
|
212
|
3916 {
|
|
563
|
3917 specialColor.red = Red(color) * 0x0101;
|
|
|
3918 specialColor.green = Green(color) * 0x0101;
|
|
|
3919 specialColor.blue = Blue(color) * 0x0101;
|
|
|
3920 }
|
|
|
3921
|
|
|
3922 /*
|
|
|
3923 * Draw undercurl at the bottom of the character cell.
|
|
|
3924 */
|
|
|
3925 static void
|
|
|
3926 draw_undercurl(int flags, int row, int col, int cells)
|
|
|
3927 {
|
|
856
|
3928 int x;
|
|
|
3929 int offset;
|
|
|
3930 const static int val[8] = {1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 2, 2, 2 };
|
|
|
3931 int y = FILL_Y(row + 1) - 1;
|
|
563
|
3932
|
|
|
3933 RGBForeColor(&specialColor);
|
|
|
3934
|
|
|
3935 offset = val[FILL_X(col) % 8];
|
|
|
3936 MoveTo(FILL_X(col), y - offset);
|
|
|
3937
|
|
593
|
3938 for (x = FILL_X(col); x < FILL_X(col + cells); ++x)
|
|
563
|
3939 {
|
|
593
|
3940 offset = val[x % 8];
|
|
|
3941 LineTo(x, y - offset);
|
|
563
|
3942 }
|
|
212
|
3943 }
|
|
|
3944
|
|
593
|
3945
|
|
|
3946 static void
|
|
|
3947 draw_string_QD(int row, int col, char_u *s, int len, int flags)
|
|
7
|
3948 {
|
|
|
3949 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
3950 char_u *tofree = NULL;
|
|
|
3951
|
|
|
3952 if (output_conv.vc_type != CONV_NONE)
|
|
|
3953 {
|
|
|
3954 tofree = string_convert(&output_conv, s, &len);
|
|
|
3955 if (tofree != NULL)
|
|
|
3956 s = tofree;
|
|
|
3957 }
|
|
|
3958 #endif
|
|
593
|
3959
|
|
7
|
3960 /*
|
|
|
3961 * On OS X, try using Quartz-style text antialiasing.
|
|
|
3962 */
|
|
189
|
3963 if (gMacSystemVersion >= 0x1020)
|
|
7
|
3964 {
|
|
|
3965 /* Quartz antialiasing is available only in OS 10.2 and later. */
|
|
|
3966 UInt32 qd_flags = (p_antialias ?
|
|
|
3967 kQDUseCGTextRendering | kQDUseCGTextMetrics : 0);
|
|
168
|
3968 QDSwapTextFlags(qd_flags);
|
|
7
|
3969 }
|
|
|
3970
|
|
36
|
3971 /*
|
|
|
3972 * When antialiasing we're using srcOr mode, we have to clear the block
|
|
|
3973 * before drawing the text.
|
|
|
3974 * Also needed when 'linespace' is non-zero to remove the cursor and
|
|
|
3975 * underlining.
|
|
|
3976 * But not when drawing transparently.
|
|
|
3977 * The following is like calling gui_mch_clear_block(row, col, row, col +
|
|
|
3978 * len - 1), but without setting the bg color to gui.back_pixel.
|
|
|
3979 */
|
|
189
|
3980 if (((gMacSystemVersion >= 0x1020 && p_antialias) || p_linespace != 0)
|
|
36
|
3981 && !(flags & DRAW_TRANSP))
|
|
|
3982 {
|
|
|
3983 Rect rc;
|
|
|
3984
|
|
|
3985 rc.left = FILL_X(col);
|
|
|
3986 rc.top = FILL_Y(row);
|
|
168
|
3987 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
3988 /* Multibyte computation taken from gui_w32.c */
|
|
|
3989 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
3990 {
|
|
|
3991 int cell_len = 0;
|
|
|
3992 int n;
|
|
|
3993
|
|
|
3994 /* Compute the length in display cells. */
|
|
|
3995 for (n = 0; n < len; n += MB_BYTE2LEN(s[n]))
|
|
|
3996 cell_len += (*mb_ptr2cells)(s + n);
|
|
|
3997 rc.right = FILL_X(col + cell_len);
|
|
|
3998 }
|
|
|
3999 else
|
|
|
4000 #endif
|
|
36
|
4001 rc.right = FILL_X(col + len) + (col + len == Columns);
|
|
|
4002 rc.bottom = FILL_Y(row + 1);
|
|
|
4003 EraseRect(&rc);
|
|
|
4004 }
|
|
|
4005
|
|
189
|
4006 if (gMacSystemVersion >= 0x1020 && p_antialias)
|
|
7
|
4007 {
|
|
|
4008 StyleParameter face;
|
|
|
4009
|
|
|
4010 face = normal;
|
|
|
4011 if (flags & DRAW_BOLD)
|
|
|
4012 face |= bold;
|
|
|
4013 if (flags & DRAW_UNDERL)
|
|
|
4014 face |= underline;
|
|
|
4015 TextFace(face);
|
|
|
4016
|
|
|
4017 /* Quartz antialiasing works only in srcOr transfer mode. */
|
|
|
4018 TextMode(srcOr);
|
|
|
4019
|
|
|
4020 MoveTo(TEXT_X(col), TEXT_Y(row));
|
|
|
4021 DrawText((char*)s, 0, len);
|
|
|
4022 }
|
|
|
4023 else
|
|
|
4024 {
|
|
|
4025 /* Use old-style, non-antialiased QuickDraw text rendering. */
|
|
9
|
4026 TextMode(srcCopy);
|
|
|
4027 TextFace(normal);
|
|
7
|
4028
|
|
|
4029 /* SelectFont(hdc, gui.currFont); */
|
|
|
4030
|
|
|
4031 if (flags & DRAW_TRANSP)
|
|
|
4032 {
|
|
9
|
4033 TextMode(srcOr);
|
|
7
|
4034 }
|
|
|
4035
|
|
9
|
4036 MoveTo(TEXT_X(col), TEXT_Y(row));
|
|
593
|
4037 DrawText((char *)s, 0, len);
|
|
|
4038
|
|
|
4039 if (flags & DRAW_BOLD)
|
|
|
4040 {
|
|
|
4041 TextMode(srcOr);
|
|
|
4042 MoveTo(TEXT_X(col) + 1, TEXT_Y(row));
|
|
|
4043 DrawText((char *)s, 0, len);
|
|
|
4044 }
|
|
|
4045
|
|
|
4046 if (flags & DRAW_UNDERL)
|
|
|
4047 {
|
|
|
4048 MoveTo(FILL_X(col), FILL_Y(row + 1) - 1);
|
|
|
4049 LineTo(FILL_X(col + len) - 1, FILL_Y(row + 1) - 1);
|
|
|
4050 }
|
|
|
4051 }
|
|
|
4052
|
|
|
4053 if (flags & DRAW_UNDERC)
|
|
|
4054 draw_undercurl(flags, row, col, len);
|
|
|
4055
|
|
|
4056 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4057 vim_free(tofree);
|
|
|
4058 #endif
|
|
|
4059 }
|
|
|
4060
|
|
842
|
4061 #ifdef USE_ATSUI_DRAWING
|
|
593
|
4062
|
|
|
4063 static void
|
|
|
4064 draw_string_ATSUI(int row, int col, char_u *s, int len, int flags)
|
|
|
4065 {
|
|
|
4066 /* ATSUI requires utf-16 strings */
|
|
|
4067 UniCharCount utf16_len;
|
|
|
4068 UniChar *tofree = mac_enc_to_utf16(s, len, (size_t *)&utf16_len);
|
|
|
4069 utf16_len /= sizeof(UniChar);
|
|
|
4070
|
|
|
4071 /* - ATSUI automatically antialiases text (Someone)
|
|
|
4072 * - for some reason it does not work... (Jussi) */
|
|
1562
|
4073 #ifdef MAC_ATSUI_DEBUG
|
|
|
4074 fprintf(stderr, "row = %d, col = %d, len = %d: '%c'\n",
|
|
|
4075 row, col, len, len == 1 ? s[0] : ' ');
|
|
|
4076 #endif
|
|
593
|
4077 /*
|
|
|
4078 * When antialiasing we're using srcOr mode, we have to clear the block
|
|
|
4079 * before drawing the text.
|
|
|
4080 * Also needed when 'linespace' is non-zero to remove the cursor and
|
|
|
4081 * underlining.
|
|
|
4082 * But not when drawing transparently.
|
|
|
4083 * The following is like calling gui_mch_clear_block(row, col, row, col +
|
|
|
4084 * len - 1), but without setting the bg color to gui.back_pixel.
|
|
|
4085 */
|
|
|
4086 if ((flags & DRAW_TRANSP) == 0)
|
|
|
4087 {
|
|
|
4088 Rect rc;
|
|
|
4089
|
|
|
4090 rc.left = FILL_X(col);
|
|
|
4091 rc.top = FILL_Y(row);
|
|
|
4092 /* Multibyte computation taken from gui_w32.c */
|
|
|
4093 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
4094 {
|
|
|
4095 int cell_len = 0;
|
|
|
4096 int n;
|
|
|
4097
|
|
|
4098 /* Compute the length in display cells. */
|
|
|
4099 for (n = 0; n < len; n += MB_BYTE2LEN(s[n]))
|
|
|
4100 cell_len += (*mb_ptr2cells)(s + n);
|
|
|
4101 rc.right = FILL_X(col + cell_len);
|
|
|
4102 }
|
|
|
4103 else
|
|
|
4104 rc.right = FILL_X(col + len) + (col + len == Columns);
|
|
|
4105
|
|
|
4106 rc.bottom = FILL_Y(row + 1);
|
|
|
4107 EraseRect(&rc);
|
|
|
4108 }
|
|
|
4109
|
|
|
4110 {
|
|
|
4111 TextMode(srcCopy);
|
|
|
4112 TextFace(normal);
|
|
|
4113
|
|
1562
|
4114 /* SelectFont(hdc, gui.currFont); */
|
|
593
|
4115 if (flags & DRAW_TRANSP)
|
|
|
4116 {
|
|
|
4117 TextMode(srcOr);
|
|
|
4118 }
|
|
|
4119
|
|
|
4120 MoveTo(TEXT_X(col), TEXT_Y(row));
|
|
1562
|
4121
|
|
|
4122 if (gFontStyle && flags & DRAW_BOLD)
|
|
|
4123 {
|
|
|
4124 Boolean attValue = true;
|
|
|
4125 ATSUAttributeTag attribTags[] = { kATSUQDBoldfaceTag };
|
|
|
4126 ByteCount attribSizes[] = { sizeof(Boolean) };
|
|
|
4127 ATSUAttributeValuePtr attribValues[] = { &attValue };
|
|
|
4128
|
|
|
4129 ATSUSetAttributes(gFontStyle, 1, attribTags, attribSizes, attribValues);
|
|
|
4130 }
|
|
|
4131
|
|
|
4132 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4133 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
168
|
4134 {
|
|
1562
|
4135 int n, width_in_cell, last_width_in_cell;
|
|
|
4136 UniCharArrayOffset offset = 0;
|
|
|
4137 UniCharCount yet_to_draw = 0;
|
|
|
4138 ATSUTextLayout textLayout;
|
|
|
4139 ATSUStyle textStyle;
|
|
|
4140
|
|
|
4141 last_width_in_cell = 1;
|
|
|
4142 ATSUCreateTextLayout(&textLayout);
|
|
|
4143 ATSUSetTextPointerLocation(textLayout, tofree,
|
|
|
4144 kATSUFromTextBeginning,
|
|
|
4145 kATSUToTextEnd, utf16_len);
|
|
|
4146 /*
|
|
|
4147 ATSUSetRunStyle(textLayout, gFontStyle,
|
|
|
4148 kATSUFromTextBeginning, kATSUToTextEnd); */
|
|
|
4149
|
|
|
4150 /* Compute the length in display cells. */
|
|
|
4151 for (n = 0; n < len; n += MB_BYTE2LEN(s[n]))
|
|
|
4152 {
|
|
|
4153 width_in_cell = (*mb_ptr2cells)(s + n);
|
|
|
4154
|
|
|
4155 /* probably we are switching from single byte character
|
|
|
4156 * to multibyte characters (which requires more than one
|
|
|
4157 * cell to draw) */
|
|
|
4158 if (width_in_cell != last_width_in_cell)
|
|
|
4159 {
|
|
|
4160 #ifdef MAC_ATSUI_DEBUG
|
|
|
4161 fprintf(stderr, "\tn = %2d, (%d-%d), offset = %d, yet_to_draw = %d\n",
|
|
|
4162 n, last_width_in_cell, width_in_cell, offset, yet_to_draw);
|
|
|
4163 #endif
|
|
|
4164 textStyle = last_width_in_cell > 1 ? gWideFontStyle
|
|
|
4165 : gFontStyle;
|
|
|
4166
|
|
|
4167 ATSUSetRunStyle(textLayout, textStyle, offset, yet_to_draw);
|
|
|
4168 offset += yet_to_draw;
|
|
|
4169 yet_to_draw = 0;
|
|
|
4170 last_width_in_cell = width_in_cell;
|
|
|
4171 }
|
|
|
4172
|
|
|
4173 yet_to_draw++;
|
|
|
4174 }
|
|
|
4175
|
|
|
4176 if (yet_to_draw)
|
|
|
4177 {
|
|
|
4178 #ifdef MAC_ATSUI_DEBUG
|
|
|
4179 fprintf(stderr, "\tn = %2d, (%d-%d), offset = %d, yet_to_draw = %d\n",
|
|
|
4180 n, last_width_in_cell, width_in_cell, offset, yet_to_draw);
|
|
|
4181 #endif
|
|
|
4182 /* finish the rest style */
|
|
|
4183 textStyle = width_in_cell > 1 ? gWideFontStyle : gFontStyle;
|
|
|
4184 ATSUSetRunStyle(textLayout, textStyle, offset, kATSUToTextEnd);
|
|
|
4185 }
|
|
|
4186
|
|
168
|
4187 ATSUSetTransientFontMatching(textLayout, TRUE);
|
|
|
4188 ATSUDrawText(textLayout,
|
|
1562
|
4189 kATSUFromTextBeginning, kATSUToTextEnd,
|
|
|
4190 kATSUUseGrafPortPenLoc, kATSUUseGrafPortPenLoc);
|
|
168
|
4191 ATSUDisposeTextLayout(textLayout);
|
|
|
4192 }
|
|
1562
|
4193 else
|
|
|
4194 #endif
|
|
|
4195 {
|
|
|
4196 ATSUTextLayout textLayout;
|
|
|
4197
|
|
|
4198 if (ATSUCreateTextLayoutWithTextPtr(tofree,
|
|
|
4199 kATSUFromTextBeginning, kATSUToTextEnd,
|
|
|
4200 utf16_len,
|
|
|
4201 (gFontStyle ? 1 : 0), &utf16_len,
|
|
|
4202 (gFontStyle ? &gFontStyle : NULL),
|
|
|
4203 &textLayout) == noErr)
|
|
|
4204 {
|
|
|
4205 ATSUSetTransientFontMatching(textLayout, TRUE);
|
|
|
4206
|
|
|
4207 ATSUDrawText(textLayout,
|
|
|
4208 kATSUFromTextBeginning, kATSUToTextEnd,
|
|
|
4209 kATSUUseGrafPortPenLoc, kATSUUseGrafPortPenLoc);
|
|
|
4210
|
|
|
4211 ATSUDisposeTextLayout(textLayout);
|
|
|
4212 }
|
|
|
4213 }
|
|
|
4214
|
|
|
4215 /* drawing is done, now reset bold to normal */
|
|
|
4216 if (gFontStyle && flags & DRAW_BOLD)
|
|
|
4217 {
|
|
|
4218 Boolean attValue = false;
|
|
|
4219
|
|
|
4220 ATSUAttributeTag attribTags[] = { kATSUQDBoldfaceTag };
|
|
|
4221 ByteCount attribSizes[] = { sizeof(Boolean) };
|
|
|
4222 ATSUAttributeValuePtr attribValues[] = { &attValue };
|
|
|
4223
|
|
|
4224 ATSUSetAttributes(gFontStyle, 1, attribTags, attribSizes,
|
|
|
4225 attribValues);
|
|
|
4226 }
|
|
7
|
4227 }
|
|
|
4228
|
|
563
|
4229 if (flags & DRAW_UNDERC)
|
|
|
4230 draw_undercurl(flags, row, col, len);
|
|
|
4231
|
|
7
|
4232 vim_free(tofree);
|
|
593
|
4233 }
|
|
|
4234 #endif
|
|
|
4235
|
|
|
4236 void
|
|
|
4237 gui_mch_draw_string(int row, int col, char_u *s, int len, int flags)
|
|
|
4238 {
|
|
|
4239 #if defined(USE_ATSUI_DRAWING)
|
|
1562
|
4240 if (p_macatsui == 0 && p_macatsui_last != 0)
|
|
|
4241 /* switch from macatsui to nomacatsui */
|
|
|
4242 gui_mac_dispose_atsui_style();
|
|
|
4243 else if (p_macatsui != 0 && p_macatsui_last == 0)
|
|
|
4244 /* switch from nomacatsui to macatsui */
|
|
|
4245 gui_mac_create_atsui_style();
|
|
|
4246
|
|
842
|
4247 if (p_macatsui)
|
|
|
4248 draw_string_ATSUI(row, col, s, len, flags);
|
|
|
4249 else
|
|
7
|
4250 #endif
|
|
842
|
4251 draw_string_QD(row, col, s, len, flags);
|
|
7
|
4252 }
|
|
|
4253
|
|
|
4254 /*
|
|
|
4255 * Return OK if the key with the termcap name "name" is supported.
|
|
|
4256 */
|
|
|
4257 int
|
|
593
|
4258 gui_mch_haskey(char_u *name)
|
|
7
|
4259 {
|
|
|
4260 int i;
|
|
|
4261
|
|
|
4262 for (i = 0; special_keys[i].key_sym != (KeySym)0; i++)
|
|
|
4263 if (name[0] == special_keys[i].vim_code0 &&
|
|
|
4264 name[1] == special_keys[i].vim_code1)
|
|
|
4265 return OK;
|
|
|
4266 return FAIL;
|
|
|
4267 }
|
|
|
4268
|
|
|
4269 void
|
|
593
|
4270 gui_mch_beep(void)
|
|
7
|
4271 {
|
|
9
|
4272 SysBeep(1); /* Should this be 0? (????) */
|
|
7
|
4273 }
|
|
|
4274
|
|
|
4275 void
|
|
593
|
4276 gui_mch_flash(int msec)
|
|
7
|
4277 {
|
|
|
4278 /* Do a visual beep by reversing the foreground and background colors */
|
|
|
4279 Rect rc;
|
|
|
4280
|
|
|
4281 /*
|
|
|
4282 * Note: InvertRect() excludes right and bottom of rectangle.
|
|
|
4283 */
|
|
|
4284 rc.left = 0;
|
|
|
4285 rc.top = 0;
|
|
|
4286 rc.right = gui.num_cols * gui.char_width;
|
|
|
4287 rc.bottom = gui.num_rows * gui.char_height;
|
|
|
4288 InvertRect(&rc);
|
|
|
4289
|
|
|
4290 ui_delay((long)msec, TRUE); /* wait for some msec */
|
|
|
4291
|
|
|
4292 InvertRect(&rc);
|
|
|
4293 }
|
|
|
4294
|
|
|
4295 /*
|
|
|
4296 * Invert a rectangle from row r, column c, for nr rows and nc columns.
|
|
|
4297 */
|
|
|
4298 void
|
|
593
|
4299 gui_mch_invert_rectangle(int r, int c, int nr, int nc)
|
|
7
|
4300 {
|
|
|
4301 Rect rc;
|
|
|
4302
|
|
|
4303 /*
|
|
|
4304 * Note: InvertRect() excludes right and bottom of rectangle.
|
|
|
4305 */
|
|
|
4306 rc.left = FILL_X(c);
|
|
|
4307 rc.top = FILL_Y(r);
|
|
|
4308 rc.right = rc.left + nc * gui.char_width;
|
|
|
4309 rc.bottom = rc.top + nr * gui.char_height;
|
|
|
4310 InvertRect(&rc);
|
|
|
4311 }
|
|
|
4312
|
|
|
4313 /*
|
|
|
4314 * Iconify the GUI window.
|
|
|
4315 */
|
|
|
4316 void
|
|
593
|
4317 gui_mch_iconify(void)
|
|
7
|
4318 {
|
|
|
4319 /* TODO: find out what could replace iconify
|
|
|
4320 * -window shade?
|
|
|
4321 * -hide application?
|
|
|
4322 */
|
|
|
4323 }
|
|
|
4324
|
|
|
4325 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
4326 /*
|
|
|
4327 * Bring the Vim window to the foreground.
|
|
|
4328 */
|
|
|
4329 void
|
|
593
|
4330 gui_mch_set_foreground(void)
|
|
7
|
4331 {
|
|
|
4332 /* TODO */
|
|
|
4333 }
|
|
|
4334 #endif
|
|
|
4335
|
|
|
4336 /*
|
|
|
4337 * Draw a cursor without focus.
|
|
|
4338 */
|
|
|
4339 void
|
|
593
|
4340 gui_mch_draw_hollow_cursor(guicolor_T color)
|
|
7
|
4341 {
|
|
|
4342 Rect rc;
|
|
|
4343
|
|
|
4344 /*
|
|
|
4345 * Note: FrameRect() excludes right and bottom of rectangle.
|
|
|
4346 */
|
|
|
4347 rc.left = FILL_X(gui.col);
|
|
|
4348 rc.top = FILL_Y(gui.row);
|
|
|
4349 rc.right = rc.left + gui.char_width;
|
|
168
|
4350 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4351 if (mb_lefthalve(gui.row, gui.col))
|
|
|
4352 rc.right += gui.char_width;
|
|
|
4353 #endif
|
|
7
|
4354 rc.bottom = rc.top + gui.char_height;
|
|
|
4355
|
|
|
4356 gui_mch_set_fg_color(color);
|
|
|
4357
|
|
9
|
4358 FrameRect(&rc);
|
|
7
|
4359 }
|
|
|
4360
|
|
|
4361 /*
|
|
|
4362 * Draw part of a cursor, only w pixels wide, and h pixels high.
|
|
|
4363 */
|
|
|
4364 void
|
|
593
|
4365 gui_mch_draw_part_cursor(int w, int h, guicolor_T color)
|
|
7
|
4366 {
|
|
|
4367 Rect rc;
|
|
|
4368
|
|
|
4369 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
4370 /* vertical line should be on the right of current point */
|
|
|
4371 if (CURSOR_BAR_RIGHT)
|
|
|
4372 rc.left = FILL_X(gui.col + 1) - w;
|
|
|
4373 else
|
|
|
4374 #endif
|
|
|
4375 rc.left = FILL_X(gui.col);
|
|
|
4376 rc.top = FILL_Y(gui.row) + gui.char_height - h;
|
|
|
4377 rc.right = rc.left + w;
|
|
|
4378 rc.bottom = rc.top + h;
|
|
|
4379
|
|
|
4380 gui_mch_set_fg_color(color);
|
|
|
4381
|
|
168
|
4382 FrameRect(&rc);
|
|
|
4383 // PaintRect(&rc);
|
|
7
|
4384 }
|
|
|
4385
|
|
|
4386
|
|
|
4387
|
|
|
4388 /*
|
|
|
4389 * Catch up with any queued X events. This may put keyboard input into the
|
|
|
4390 * input buffer, call resize call-backs, trigger timers etc. If there is
|
|
|
4391 * nothing in the X event queue (& no timers pending), then we return
|
|
|
4392 * immediately.
|
|
|
4393 */
|
|
|
4394 void
|
|
593
|
4395 gui_mch_update(void)
|
|
7
|
4396 {
|
|
|
4397 /* TODO: find what to do
|
|
|
4398 * maybe call gui_mch_wait_for_chars (0)
|
|
|
4399 * more like look at EventQueue then
|
|
|
4400 * call heart of gui_mch_wait_for_chars;
|
|
|
4401 *
|
|
|
4402 * if (eventther)
|
|
|
4403 * gui_mac_handle_event(&event);
|
|
|
4404 */
|
|
|
4405 EventRecord theEvent;
|
|
|
4406
|
|
9
|
4407 if (EventAvail(everyEvent, &theEvent))
|
|
7
|
4408 if (theEvent.what != nullEvent)
|
|
|
4409 gui_mch_wait_for_chars(0);
|
|
|
4410 }
|
|
|
4411
|
|
|
4412 /*
|
|
|
4413 * Simple wrapper to neglect more easily the time
|
|
|
4414 * spent inside WaitNextEvent while profiling.
|
|
|
4415 */
|
|
|
4416
|
|
|
4417 pascal
|
|
|
4418 Boolean
|
|
9
|
4419 WaitNextEventWrp(EventMask eventMask, EventRecord *theEvent, UInt32 sleep, RgnHandle mouseRgn)
|
|
7
|
4420 {
|
|
|
4421 if (((long) sleep) < -1)
|
|
|
4422 sleep = 32767;
|
|
|
4423 return WaitNextEvent(eventMask, theEvent, sleep, mouseRgn);
|
|
|
4424 }
|
|
|
4425
|
|
|
4426 /*
|
|
|
4427 * GUI input routine called by gui_wait_for_chars(). Waits for a character
|
|
|
4428 * from the keyboard.
|
|
|
4429 * wtime == -1 Wait forever.
|
|
|
4430 * wtime == 0 This should never happen.
|
|
|
4431 * wtime > 0 Wait wtime milliseconds for a character.
|
|
|
4432 * Returns OK if a character was found to be available within the given time,
|
|
|
4433 * or FAIL otherwise.
|
|
|
4434 */
|
|
|
4435 int
|
|
593
|
4436 gui_mch_wait_for_chars(int wtime)
|
|
7
|
4437 {
|
|
|
4438 EventMask mask = (everyEvent);
|
|
|
4439 EventRecord event;
|
|
|
4440 long entryTick;
|
|
|
4441 long currentTick;
|
|
|
4442 long sleeppyTick;
|
|
|
4443
|
|
|
4444 /* If we are providing life feedback with the scrollbar,
|
|
|
4445 * we don't want to try to wait for an event, or else
|
|
|
4446 * there won't be any life feedback.
|
|
|
4447 */
|
|
|
4448 if (dragged_sb != NULL)
|
|
|
4449 return FAIL;
|
|
|
4450 /* TODO: Check if FAIL is the proper return code */
|
|
|
4451
|
|
|
4452 entryTick = TickCount();
|
|
|
4453
|
|
|
4454 allow_scrollbar = TRUE;
|
|
|
4455
|
|
|
4456 do
|
|
|
4457 {
|
|
|
4458 /* if (dragRectControl == kCreateEmpty)
|
|
|
4459 {
|
|
|
4460 dragRgn = NULL;
|
|
|
4461 dragRectControl = kNothing;
|
|
|
4462 }
|
|
|
4463 else*/ if (dragRectControl == kCreateRect)
|
|
|
4464 {
|
|
|
4465 dragRgn = cursorRgn;
|
|
9
|
4466 RectRgn(dragRgn, &dragRect);
|
|
7
|
4467 dragRectControl = kNothing;
|
|
|
4468 }
|
|
|
4469 /*
|
|
|
4470 * Don't use gui_mch_update() because then we will spin-lock until a
|
|
|
4471 * char arrives, instead we use WaitNextEventWrp() to hang until an
|
|
|
4472 * event arrives. No need to check for input_buf_full because we are
|
|
|
4473 * returning as soon as it contains a single char.
|
|
|
4474 */
|
|
|
4475 /* TODO: reduce wtime accordinly??? */
|
|
|
4476 if (wtime > -1)
|
|
1562
|
4477 sleeppyTick = 60 * wtime / 1000;
|
|
7
|
4478 else
|
|
|
4479 sleeppyTick = 32767;
|
|
1562
|
4480
|
|
9
|
4481 if (WaitNextEventWrp(mask, &event, sleeppyTick, dragRgn))
|
|
7
|
4482 {
|
|
1562
|
4483 gui_mac_handle_event(&event);
|
|
7
|
4484 if (input_available())
|
|
|
4485 {
|
|
|
4486 allow_scrollbar = FALSE;
|
|
|
4487 return OK;
|
|
|
4488 }
|
|
|
4489 }
|
|
|
4490 currentTick = TickCount();
|
|
|
4491 }
|
|
|
4492 while ((wtime == -1) || ((currentTick - entryTick) < 60*wtime/1000));
|
|
|
4493
|
|
|
4494 allow_scrollbar = FALSE;
|
|
|
4495 return FAIL;
|
|
|
4496 }
|
|
|
4497
|
|
|
4498 /*
|
|
|
4499 * Output routines.
|
|
|
4500 */
|
|
|
4501
|
|
|
4502 /* Flush any output to the screen */
|
|
|
4503 void
|
|
593
|
4504 gui_mch_flush(void)
|
|
7
|
4505 {
|
|
|
4506 /* TODO: Is anything needed here? */
|
|
|
4507 }
|
|
|
4508
|
|
|
4509 /*
|
|
|
4510 * Clear a rectangular region of the screen from text pos (row1, col1) to
|
|
|
4511 * (row2, col2) inclusive.
|
|
|
4512 */
|
|
|
4513 void
|
|
593
|
4514 gui_mch_clear_block(int row1, int col1, int row2, int col2)
|
|
7
|
4515 {
|
|
|
4516 Rect rc;
|
|
|
4517
|
|
|
4518 /*
|
|
|
4519 * Clear one extra pixel at the far right, for when bold characters have
|
|
|
4520 * spilled over to the next column.
|
|
|
4521 */
|
|
|
4522 rc.left = FILL_X(col1);
|
|
|
4523 rc.top = FILL_Y(row1);
|
|
|
4524 rc.right = FILL_X(col2 + 1) + (col2 == Columns - 1);
|
|
|
4525 rc.bottom = FILL_Y(row2 + 1);
|
|
|
4526
|
|
|
4527 gui_mch_set_bg_color(gui.back_pixel);
|
|
9
|
4528 EraseRect(&rc);
|
|
7
|
4529 }
|
|
|
4530
|
|
|
4531 /*
|
|
|
4532 * Clear the whole text window.
|
|
|
4533 */
|
|
|
4534 void
|
|
593
|
4535 gui_mch_clear_all(void)
|
|
7
|
4536 {
|
|
|
4537 Rect rc;
|
|
|
4538
|
|
|
4539 rc.left = 0;
|
|
|
4540 rc.top = 0;
|
|
|
4541 rc.right = Columns * gui.char_width + 2 * gui.border_width;
|
|
|
4542 rc.bottom = Rows * gui.char_height + 2 * gui.border_width;
|
|
|
4543
|
|
|
4544 gui_mch_set_bg_color(gui.back_pixel);
|
|
|
4545 EraseRect(&rc);
|
|
|
4546 /* gui_mch_set_fg_color(gui.norm_pixel);
|
|
|
4547 FrameRect(&rc);
|
|
|
4548 */
|
|
|
4549 }
|
|
|
4550
|
|
|
4551 /*
|
|
|
4552 * Delete the given number of lines from the given row, scrolling up any
|
|
|
4553 * text further down within the scroll region.
|
|
|
4554 */
|
|
|
4555 void
|
|
593
|
4556 gui_mch_delete_lines(int row, int num_lines)
|
|
7
|
4557 {
|
|
|
4558 Rect rc;
|
|
|
4559
|
|
|
4560 /* changed without checking! */
|
|
|
4561 rc.left = FILL_X(gui.scroll_region_left);
|
|
|
4562 rc.right = FILL_X(gui.scroll_region_right + 1);
|
|
|
4563 rc.top = FILL_Y(row);
|
|
|
4564 rc.bottom = FILL_Y(gui.scroll_region_bot + 1);
|
|
|
4565
|
|
|
4566 gui_mch_set_bg_color(gui.back_pixel);
|
|
9
|
4567 ScrollRect(&rc, 0, -num_lines * gui.char_height, (RgnHandle) nil);
|
|
7
|
4568
|
|
|
4569 gui_clear_block(gui.scroll_region_bot - num_lines + 1,
|
|
|
4570 gui.scroll_region_left,
|
|
|
4571 gui.scroll_region_bot, gui.scroll_region_right);
|
|
|
4572 }
|
|
|
4573
|
|
|
4574 /*
|
|
|
4575 * Insert the given number of lines before the given row, scrolling down any
|
|
|
4576 * following text within the scroll region.
|
|
|
4577 */
|
|
|
4578 void
|
|
593
|
4579 gui_mch_insert_lines(int row, int num_lines)
|
|
7
|
4580 {
|
|
|
4581 Rect rc;
|
|
|
4582
|
|
|
4583 rc.left = FILL_X(gui.scroll_region_left);
|
|
|
4584 rc.right = FILL_X(gui.scroll_region_right + 1);
|
|
|
4585 rc.top = FILL_Y(row);
|
|
|
4586 rc.bottom = FILL_Y(gui.scroll_region_bot + 1);
|
|
|
4587
|
|
|
4588 gui_mch_set_bg_color(gui.back_pixel);
|
|
|
4589
|
|
9
|
4590 ScrollRect(&rc, 0, gui.char_height * num_lines, (RgnHandle) nil);
|
|
7
|
4591
|
|
|
4592 /* Update gui.cursor_row if the cursor scrolled or copied over */
|
|
|
4593 if (gui.cursor_row >= gui.row
|
|
|
4594 && gui.cursor_col >= gui.scroll_region_left
|
|
|
4595 && gui.cursor_col <= gui.scroll_region_right)
|
|
|
4596 {
|
|
|
4597 if (gui.cursor_row <= gui.scroll_region_bot - num_lines)
|
|
|
4598 gui.cursor_row += num_lines;
|
|
|
4599 else if (gui.cursor_row <= gui.scroll_region_bot)
|
|
|
4600 gui.cursor_is_valid = FALSE;
|
|
|
4601 }
|
|
|
4602
|
|
|
4603 gui_clear_block(row, gui.scroll_region_left,
|
|
|
4604 row + num_lines - 1, gui.scroll_region_right);
|
|
|
4605 }
|
|
|
4606
|
|
|
4607 /*
|
|
|
4608 * TODO: add a vim format to the clipboard which remember
|
|
|
4609 * LINEWISE, CHARWISE, BLOCKWISE
|
|
|
4610 */
|
|
|
4611
|
|
|
4612 void
|
|
593
|
4613 clip_mch_request_selection(VimClipboard *cbd)
|
|
7
|
4614 {
|
|
|
4615
|
|
|
4616 Handle textOfClip;
|
|
19
|
4617 int flavor = 0;
|
|
7
|
4618 Size scrapSize;
|
|
|
4619 ScrapFlavorFlags scrapFlags;
|
|
|
4620 ScrapRef scrap = nil;
|
|
|
4621 OSStatus error;
|
|
|
4622 int type;
|
|
|
4623 char *searchCR;
|
|
|
4624 char_u *tempclip;
|
|
|
4625
|
|
|
4626
|
|
9
|
4627 error = GetCurrentScrap(&scrap);
|
|
7
|
4628 if (error != noErr)
|
|
|
4629 return;
|
|
|
4630
|
|
9
|
4631 error = GetScrapFlavorFlags(scrap, VIMSCRAPFLAVOR, &scrapFlags);
|
|
|
4632 if (error == noErr)
|
|
|
4633 {
|
|
|
4634 error = GetScrapFlavorSize(scrap, VIMSCRAPFLAVOR, &scrapSize);
|
|
|
4635 if (error == noErr && scrapSize > 1)
|
|
|
4636 flavor = 1;
|
|
|
4637 }
|
|
|
4638
|
|
|
4639 if (flavor == 0)
|
|
|
4640 {
|
|
838
|
4641 error = GetScrapFlavorFlags(scrap, SCRAPTEXTFLAVOR, &scrapFlags);
|
|
9
|
4642 if (error != noErr)
|
|
|
4643 return;
|
|
|
4644
|
|
838
|
4645 error = GetScrapFlavorSize(scrap, SCRAPTEXTFLAVOR, &scrapSize);
|
|
9
|
4646 if (error != noErr)
|
|
|
4647 return;
|
|
|
4648 }
|
|
|
4649
|
|
|
4650 ReserveMem(scrapSize);
|
|
593
|
4651
|
|
838
|
4652 /* In CARBON we don't need a Handle, a pointer is good */
|
|
|
4653 textOfClip = NewHandle(scrapSize);
|
|
|
4654
|
|
|
4655 /* tempclip = lalloc(scrapSize+1, TRUE); */
|
|
|
4656 HLock(textOfClip);
|
|
|
4657 error = GetScrapFlavorData(scrap,
|
|
|
4658 flavor ? VIMSCRAPFLAVOR : SCRAPTEXTFLAVOR,
|
|
|
4659 &scrapSize, *textOfClip);
|
|
|
4660 scrapSize -= flavor;
|
|
|
4661
|
|
|
4662 if (flavor)
|
|
|
4663 type = **textOfClip;
|
|
|
4664 else
|
|
|
4665 type = (strchr(*textOfClip, '\r') != NULL) ? MLINE : MCHAR;
|
|
|
4666
|
|
|
4667 tempclip = lalloc(scrapSize + 1, TRUE);
|
|
|
4668 mch_memmove(tempclip, *textOfClip + flavor, scrapSize);
|
|
|
4669 tempclip[scrapSize] = 0;
|
|
7
|
4670
|
|
766
|
4671 #ifdef MACOS_CONVERT
|
|
838
|
4672 {
|
|
168
|
4673 /* Convert from utf-16 (clipboard) */
|
|
|
4674 size_t encLen = 0;
|
|
|
4675 char_u *to = mac_utf16_to_enc((UniChar *)tempclip, scrapSize, &encLen);
|
|
838
|
4676
|
|
|
4677 if (to != NULL)
|
|
7
|
4678 {
|
|
168
|
4679 scrapSize = encLen;
|
|
|
4680 vim_free(tempclip);
|
|
|
4681 tempclip = to;
|
|
7
|
4682 }
|
|
838
|
4683 }
|
|
7
|
4684 #endif
|
|
502
|
4685
|
|
838
|
4686 searchCR = (char *)tempclip;
|
|
|
4687 while (searchCR != NULL)
|
|
|
4688 {
|
|
|
4689 searchCR = strchr(searchCR, '\r');
|
|
|
4690 if (searchCR != NULL)
|
|
|
4691 *searchCR = '\n';
|
|
7
|
4692 }
|
|
838
|
4693
|
|
|
4694 clip_yank_selection(type, tempclip, scrapSize, cbd);
|
|
|
4695
|
|
|
4696 vim_free(tempclip);
|
|
|
4697 HUnlock(textOfClip);
|
|
|
4698
|
|
|
4699 DisposeHandle(textOfClip);
|
|
7
|
4700 }
|
|
|
4701
|
|
|
4702 void
|
|
593
|
4703 clip_mch_lose_selection(VimClipboard *cbd)
|
|
7
|
4704 {
|
|
|
4705 /*
|
|
|
4706 * TODO: Really nothing to do?
|
|
|
4707 */
|
|
|
4708 }
|
|
|
4709
|
|
|
4710 int
|
|
593
|
4711 clip_mch_own_selection(VimClipboard *cbd)
|
|
7
|
4712 {
|
|
|
4713 return OK;
|
|
|
4714 }
|
|
|
4715
|
|
|
4716 /*
|
|
|
4717 * Send the current selection to the clipboard.
|
|
|
4718 */
|
|
|
4719 void
|
|
593
|
4720 clip_mch_set_selection(VimClipboard *cbd)
|
|
7
|
4721 {
|
|
|
4722 Handle textOfClip;
|
|
|
4723 long scrapSize;
|
|
|
4724 int type;
|
|
|
4725 ScrapRef scrap;
|
|
|
4726
|
|
|
4727 char_u *str = NULL;
|
|
|
4728
|
|
|
4729 if (!cbd->owned)
|
|
|
4730 return;
|
|
|
4731
|
|
|
4732 clip_get_selection(cbd);
|
|
|
4733
|
|
|
4734 /*
|
|
|
4735 * Once we set the clipboard, lose ownership. If another application sets
|
|
|
4736 * the clipboard, we don't want to think that we still own it.
|
|
|
4737 */
|
|
|
4738 cbd->owned = FALSE;
|
|
|
4739
|
|
838
|
4740 type = clip_convert_selection(&str, (long_u *)&scrapSize, cbd);
|
|
7
|
4741
|
|
766
|
4742 #ifdef MACOS_CONVERT
|
|
168
|
4743 size_t utf16_len = 0;
|
|
|
4744 UniChar *to = mac_enc_to_utf16(str, scrapSize, &utf16_len);
|
|
|
4745 if (to)
|
|
7
|
4746 {
|
|
168
|
4747 scrapSize = utf16_len;
|
|
|
4748 vim_free(str);
|
|
|
4749 str = (char_u *)to;
|
|
7
|
4750 }
|
|
|
4751 #endif
|
|
|
4752
|
|
|
4753 if (type >= 0)
|
|
|
4754 {
|
|
|
4755 ClearCurrentScrap();
|
|
593
|
4756
|
|
9
|
4757 textOfClip = NewHandle(scrapSize + 1);
|
|
7
|
4758 HLock(textOfClip);
|
|
|
4759
|
|
9
|
4760 **textOfClip = type;
|
|
168
|
4761 mch_memmove(*textOfClip + 1, str, scrapSize);
|
|
9
|
4762 GetCurrentScrap(&scrap);
|
|
838
|
4763 PutScrapFlavor(scrap, SCRAPTEXTFLAVOR, kScrapFlavorMaskNone,
|
|
9
|
4764 scrapSize, *textOfClip + 1);
|
|
|
4765 PutScrapFlavor(scrap, VIMSCRAPFLAVOR, kScrapFlavorMaskNone,
|
|
|
4766 scrapSize + 1, *textOfClip);
|
|
7
|
4767 HUnlock(textOfClip);
|
|
|
4768 DisposeHandle(textOfClip);
|
|
|
4769 }
|
|
|
4770
|
|
|
4771 vim_free(str);
|
|
|
4772 }
|
|
|
4773
|
|
|
4774 void
|
|
593
|
4775 gui_mch_set_text_area_pos(int x, int y, int w, int h)
|
|
7
|
4776 {
|
|
|
4777 Rect VimBound;
|
|
|
4778
|
|
9
|
4779 /* HideWindow(gui.VimWindow); */
|
|
7
|
4780 GetWindowBounds(gui.VimWindow, kWindowGlobalPortRgn, &VimBound);
|
|
|
4781
|
|
|
4782 if (gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_LEFT])
|
|
|
4783 {
|
|
|
4784 VimBound.left = -gui.scrollbar_width + 1;
|
|
|
4785 }
|
|
|
4786 else
|
|
|
4787 {
|
|
|
4788 VimBound.left = 0;
|
|
|
4789 }
|
|
|
4790
|
|
|
4791 SetWindowBounds(gui.VimWindow, kWindowGlobalPortRgn, &VimBound);
|
|
|
4792
|
|
9
|
4793 ShowWindow(gui.VimWindow);
|
|
7
|
4794 }
|
|
|
4795
|
|
|
4796 /*
|
|
|
4797 * Menu stuff.
|
|
|
4798 */
|
|
|
4799
|
|
|
4800 void
|
|
593
|
4801 gui_mch_enable_menu(int flag)
|
|
7
|
4802 {
|
|
|
4803 /*
|
|
444
|
4804 * Menu is always active.
|
|
7
|
4805 */
|
|
|
4806 }
|
|
|
4807
|
|
|
4808 void
|
|
593
|
4809 gui_mch_set_menu_pos(int x, int y, int w, int h)
|
|
7
|
4810 {
|
|
|
4811 /*
|
|
444
|
4812 * The menu is always at the top of the screen.
|
|
7
|
4813 */
|
|
|
4814 }
|
|
|
4815
|
|
|
4816 /*
|
|
|
4817 * Add a sub menu to the menu bar.
|
|
|
4818 */
|
|
|
4819 void
|
|
593
|
4820 gui_mch_add_menu(vimmenu_T *menu, int idx)
|
|
7
|
4821 {
|
|
|
4822 /*
|
|
|
4823 * TODO: Try to use only menu_id instead of both menu_id and menu_handle.
|
|
|
4824 * TODO: use menu->mnemonic and menu->actext
|
|
|
4825 * TODO: Try to reuse menu id
|
|
|
4826 * Carbon Help suggest to use only id between 1 and 235
|
|
|
4827 */
|
|
|
4828 static long next_avail_id = 128;
|
|
|
4829 long menu_after_me = 0; /* Default to the end */
|
|
593
|
4830 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
|
|
168
|
4831 CFStringRef name;
|
|
|
4832 #else
|
|
7
|
4833 char_u *name;
|
|
168
|
4834 #endif
|
|
7
|
4835 short index;
|
|
|
4836 vimmenu_T *parent = menu->parent;
|
|
|
4837 vimmenu_T *brother = menu->next;
|
|
|
4838
|
|
|
4839 /* Cannot add a menu if ... */
|
|
|
4840 if ((parent != NULL && parent->submenu_id == 0))
|
|
|
4841 return;
|
|
|
4842
|
|
|
4843 /* menu ID greater than 1024 are reserved for ??? */
|
|
|
4844 if (next_avail_id == 1024)
|
|
|
4845 return;
|
|
|
4846
|
|
|
4847 /* My brother could be the PopUp, find my real brother */
|
|
|
4848 while ((brother != NULL) && (!menu_is_menubar(brother->name)))
|
|
|
4849 brother = brother->next;
|
|
|
4850
|
|
|
4851 /* Find where to insert the menu (for MenuBar) */
|
|
|
4852 if ((parent == NULL) && (brother != NULL))
|
|
|
4853 menu_after_me = brother->submenu_id;
|
|
|
4854
|
|
|
4855 /* If the menu is not part of the menubar (and its submenus), add it 'nowhere' */
|
|
|
4856 if (!menu_is_menubar(menu->name))
|
|
|
4857 menu_after_me = hierMenu;
|
|
|
4858
|
|
|
4859 /* Convert the name */
|
|
766
|
4860 #ifdef MACOS_CONVERT
|
|
168
|
4861 name = menu_title_removing_mnemonic(menu);
|
|
|
4862 #else
|
|
7
|
4863 name = C2Pascal_save(menu->dname);
|
|
168
|
4864 #endif
|
|
7
|
4865 if (name == NULL)
|
|
|
4866 return;
|
|
|
4867
|
|
|
4868 /* Create the menu unless it's the help menu */
|
|
|
4869 {
|
|
|
4870 /* Carbon suggest use of
|
|
9
|
4871 * OSStatus CreateNewMenu(MenuID, MenuAttributes, MenuRef *);
|
|
|
4872 * OSStatus SetMenuTitle(MenuRef, ConstStr255Param title);
|
|
7
|
4873 */
|
|
|
4874 menu->submenu_id = next_avail_id;
|
|
593
|
4875 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
|
|
168
|
4876 if (CreateNewMenu(menu->submenu_id, 0, (MenuRef *)&menu->submenu_handle) == noErr)
|
|
|
4877 SetMenuTitleWithCFString((MenuRef)menu->submenu_handle, name);
|
|
|
4878 #else
|
|
9
|
4879 menu->submenu_handle = NewMenu(menu->submenu_id, name);
|
|
168
|
4880 #endif
|
|
7
|
4881 next_avail_id++;
|
|
|
4882 }
|
|
|
4883
|
|
|
4884 if (parent == NULL)
|
|
|
4885 {
|
|
|
4886 /* Adding a menu to the menubar, or in the no mans land (for PopUp) */
|
|
|
4887
|
|
|
4888 /* TODO: Verify if we could only Insert Menu if really part of the
|
|
|
4889 * menubar The Inserted menu are scanned or the Command-key combos
|
|
|
4890 */
|
|
|
4891
|
|
593
|
4892 /* Insert the menu */
|
|
|
4893 InsertMenu(menu->submenu_handle, menu_after_me); /* insert before */
|
|
7
|
4894 #if 1
|
|
|
4895 /* Vim should normally update it. TODO: verify */
|
|
|
4896 DrawMenuBar();
|
|
|
4897 #endif
|
|
|
4898 }
|
|
|
4899 else
|
|
|
4900 {
|
|
|
4901 /* Adding as a submenu */
|
|
|
4902
|
|
9
|
4903 index = gui_mac_get_menu_item_index(menu);
|
|
7
|
4904
|
|
|
4905 /* Call InsertMenuItem followed by SetMenuItemText
|
|
|
4906 * to avoid special character recognition by InsertMenuItem
|
|
|
4907 */
|
|
|
4908 InsertMenuItem(parent->submenu_handle, "\p ", idx); /* afterItem */
|
|
593
|
4909 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
|
|
168
|
4910 SetMenuItemTextWithCFString(parent->submenu_handle, idx+1, name);
|
|
|
4911 #else
|
|
7
|
4912 SetMenuItemText(parent->submenu_handle, idx+1, name);
|
|
168
|
4913 #endif
|
|
7
|
4914 SetItemCmd(parent->submenu_handle, idx+1, 0x1B);
|
|
|
4915 SetItemMark(parent->submenu_handle, idx+1, menu->submenu_id);
|
|
|
4916 InsertMenu(menu->submenu_handle, hierMenu);
|
|
|
4917 }
|
|
|
4918
|
|
593
|
4919 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
|
|
168
|
4920 CFRelease(name);
|
|
|
4921 #else
|
|
9
|
4922 vim_free(name);
|
|
168
|
4923 #endif
|
|
7
|
4924
|
|
|
4925 #if 0
|
|
|
4926 /* Done by Vim later on */
|
|
|
4927 DrawMenuBar();
|
|
|
4928 #endif
|
|
|
4929 }
|
|
|
4930
|
|
|
4931 /*
|
|
|
4932 * Add a menu item to a menu
|
|
|
4933 */
|
|
|
4934 void
|
|
593
|
4935 gui_mch_add_menu_item(vimmenu_T *menu, int idx)
|
|
7
|
4936 {
|
|
593
|
4937 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
|
|
168
|
4938 CFStringRef name;
|
|
|
4939 #else
|
|
7
|
4940 char_u *name;
|
|
168
|
4941 #endif
|
|
7
|
4942 vimmenu_T *parent = menu->parent;
|
|
|
4943 int menu_inserted;
|
|
|
4944
|
|
|
4945 /* Cannot add item, if the menu have not been created */
|
|
|
4946 if (parent->submenu_id == 0)
|
|
|
4947 return;
|
|
|
4948
|
|
|
4949 /* Could call SetMenuRefCon [CARBON] to associate with the Menu,
|
|
|
4950 for older OS call GetMenuItemData (menu, item, isCommandID?, data) */
|
|
|
4951
|
|
|
4952 /* Convert the name */
|
|
766
|
4953 #ifdef MACOS_CONVERT
|
|
168
|
4954 name = menu_title_removing_mnemonic(menu);
|
|
|
4955 #else
|
|
7
|
4956 name = C2Pascal_save(menu->dname);
|
|
168
|
4957 #endif
|
|
7
|
4958
|
|
|
4959 /* Where are just a menu item, so no handle, no id */
|
|
|
4960 menu->submenu_id = 0;
|
|
|
4961 menu->submenu_handle = NULL;
|
|
|
4962
|
|
|
4963 menu_inserted = 0;
|
|
|
4964 if (menu->actext)
|
|
|
4965 {
|
|
|
4966 /* If the accelerator text for the menu item looks like it describes
|
|
|
4967 * a command key (e.g., "<D-S-t>" or "<C-7>"), display it as the
|
|
|
4968 * item's command equivalent.
|
|
|
4969 */
|
|
|
4970 int key = 0;
|
|
|
4971 int modifiers = 0;
|
|
|
4972 char_u *p_actext;
|
|
|
4973
|
|
|
4974 p_actext = menu->actext;
|
|
|
4975 key = find_special_key(&p_actext, &modifiers, /*keycode=*/0);
|
|
|
4976 if (*p_actext != 0)
|
|
|
4977 key = 0; /* error: trailing text */
|
|
|
4978 /* find_special_key() returns a keycode with as many of the
|
|
|
4979 * specified modifiers as appropriate already applied (e.g., for
|
|
|
4980 * "<D-C-x>" it returns Ctrl-X as the keycode and MOD_MASK_CMD
|
|
|
4981 * as the only modifier). Since we want to display all of the
|
|
|
4982 * modifiers, we need to convert the keycode back to a printable
|
|
|
4983 * character plus modifiers.
|
|
|
4984 * TODO: Write an alternative find_special_key() that doesn't
|
|
|
4985 * apply modifiers.
|
|
|
4986 */
|
|
|
4987 if (key > 0 && key < 32)
|
|
|
4988 {
|
|
|
4989 /* Convert a control key to an uppercase letter. Note that
|
|
|
4990 * by this point it is no longer possible to distinguish
|
|
|
4991 * between, e.g., Ctrl-S and Ctrl-Shift-S.
|
|
|
4992 */
|
|
|
4993 modifiers |= MOD_MASK_CTRL;
|
|
|
4994 key += '@';
|
|
|
4995 }
|
|
|
4996 /* If the keycode is an uppercase letter, set the Shift modifier.
|
|
|
4997 * If it is a lowercase letter, don't set the modifier, but convert
|
|
|
4998 * the letter to uppercase for display in the menu.
|
|
|
4999 */
|
|
|
5000 else if (key >= 'A' && key <= 'Z')
|
|
|
5001 modifiers |= MOD_MASK_SHIFT;
|
|
|
5002 else if (key >= 'a' && key <= 'z')
|
|
|
5003 key += 'A' - 'a';
|
|
|
5004 /* Note: keycodes below 0x22 are reserved by Apple. */
|
|
|
5005 if (key >= 0x22 && vim_isprintc_strict(key))
|
|
|
5006 {
|
|
|
5007 int valid = 1;
|
|
|
5008 char_u mac_mods = kMenuNoModifiers;
|
|
|
5009 /* Convert Vim modifier codes to Menu Manager equivalents. */
|
|
|
5010 if (modifiers & MOD_MASK_SHIFT)
|
|
|
5011 mac_mods |= kMenuShiftModifier;
|
|
|
5012 if (modifiers & MOD_MASK_CTRL)
|
|
|
5013 mac_mods |= kMenuControlModifier;
|
|
|
5014 if (!(modifiers & MOD_MASK_CMD))
|
|
|
5015 mac_mods |= kMenuNoCommandModifier;
|
|
|
5016 if (modifiers & MOD_MASK_ALT || modifiers & MOD_MASK_MULTI_CLICK)
|
|
|
5017 valid = 0; /* TODO: will Alt someday map to Option? */
|
|
|
5018 if (valid)
|
|
|
5019 {
|
|
|
5020 char_u item_txt[10];
|
|
|
5021 /* Insert the menu item after idx, with its command key. */
|
|
|
5022 item_txt[0] = 3; item_txt[1] = ' '; item_txt[2] = '/';
|
|
|
5023 item_txt[3] = key;
|
|
|
5024 InsertMenuItem(parent->submenu_handle, item_txt, idx);
|
|
|
5025 /* Set the modifier keys. */
|
|
|
5026 SetMenuItemModifiers(parent->submenu_handle, idx+1, mac_mods);
|
|
|
5027 menu_inserted = 1;
|
|
|
5028 }
|
|
|
5029 }
|
|
|
5030 }
|
|
|
5031 /* Call InsertMenuItem followed by SetMenuItemText
|
|
|
5032 * to avoid special character recognition by InsertMenuItem
|
|
|
5033 */
|
|
|
5034 if (!menu_inserted)
|
|
|
5035 InsertMenuItem(parent->submenu_handle, "\p ", idx); /* afterItem */
|
|
|
5036 /* Set the menu item name. */
|
|
593
|
5037 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
|
|
168
|
5038 SetMenuItemTextWithCFString(parent->submenu_handle, idx+1, name);
|
|
|
5039 #else
|
|
7
|
5040 SetMenuItemText(parent->submenu_handle, idx+1, name);
|
|
168
|
5041 #endif
|
|
7
|
5042
|
|
|
5043 #if 0
|
|
|
5044 /* Called by Vim */
|
|
|
5045 DrawMenuBar();
|
|
|
5046 #endif
|
|
|
5047
|
|
593
|
5048 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
|
|
168
|
5049 CFRelease(name);
|
|
|
5050 #else
|
|
7
|
5051 /* TODO: Can name be freed? */
|
|
|
5052 vim_free(name);
|
|
168
|
5053 #endif
|
|
7
|
5054 }
|
|
|
5055
|
|
|
5056 void
|
|
593
|
5057 gui_mch_toggle_tearoffs(int enable)
|
|
7
|
5058 {
|
|
|
5059 /* no tearoff menus */
|
|
|
5060 }
|
|
|
5061
|
|
|
5062 /*
|
|
|
5063 * Destroy the machine specific menu widget.
|
|
|
5064 */
|
|
|
5065 void
|
|
593
|
5066 gui_mch_destroy_menu(vimmenu_T *menu)
|
|
7
|
5067 {
|
|
9
|
5068 short index = gui_mac_get_menu_item_index(menu);
|
|
7
|
5069
|
|
|
5070 if (index > 0)
|
|
|
5071 {
|
|
|
5072 if (menu->parent)
|
|
|
5073 {
|
|
|
5074 {
|
|
|
5075 /* For now just don't delete help menu items. (Huh? Dany) */
|
|
9
|
5076 DeleteMenuItem(menu->parent->submenu_handle, index);
|
|
7
|
5077
|
|
|
5078 /* Delete the Menu if it was a hierarchical Menu */
|
|
|
5079 if (menu->submenu_id != 0)
|
|
|
5080 {
|
|
9
|
5081 DeleteMenu(menu->submenu_id);
|
|
|
5082 DisposeMenu(menu->submenu_handle);
|
|
7
|
5083 }
|
|
|
5084 }
|
|
|
5085 }
|
|
|
5086 #ifdef DEBUG_MAC_MENU
|
|
|
5087 else
|
|
|
5088 {
|
|
9
|
5089 printf("gmdm 2\n");
|
|
7
|
5090 }
|
|
|
5091 #endif
|
|
|
5092 }
|
|
|
5093 else
|
|
|
5094 {
|
|
|
5095 {
|
|
9
|
5096 DeleteMenu(menu->submenu_id);
|
|
|
5097 DisposeMenu(menu->submenu_handle);
|
|
7
|
5098 }
|
|
|
5099 }
|
|
|
5100 /* Shouldn't this be already done by Vim. TODO: Check */
|
|
|
5101 DrawMenuBar();
|
|
|
5102 }
|
|
|
5103
|
|
|
5104 /*
|
|
|
5105 * Make a menu either grey or not grey.
|
|
|
5106 */
|
|
|
5107 void
|
|
593
|
5108 gui_mch_menu_grey(vimmenu_T *menu, int grey)
|
|
7
|
5109 {
|
|
|
5110 /* TODO: Check if menu really exists */
|
|
9
|
5111 short index = gui_mac_get_menu_item_index(menu);
|
|
7
|
5112 /*
|
|
|
5113 index = menu->index;
|
|
|
5114 */
|
|
|
5115 if (grey)
|
|
|
5116 {
|
|
|
5117 if (menu->children)
|
|
|
5118 DisableMenuItem(menu->submenu_handle, index);
|
|
|
5119 if (menu->parent)
|
|
|
5120 if (menu->parent->submenu_handle)
|
|
|
5121 DisableMenuItem(menu->parent->submenu_handle, index);
|
|
|
5122 }
|
|
|
5123 else
|
|
|
5124 {
|
|
|
5125 if (menu->children)
|
|
|
5126 EnableMenuItem(menu->submenu_handle, index);
|
|
|
5127 if (menu->parent)
|
|
|
5128 if (menu->parent->submenu_handle)
|
|
|
5129 EnableMenuItem(menu->parent->submenu_handle, index);
|
|
|
5130 }
|
|
|
5131 }
|
|
|
5132
|
|
|
5133 /*
|
|
|
5134 * Make menu item hidden or not hidden
|
|
|
5135 */
|
|
|
5136 void
|
|
593
|
5137 gui_mch_menu_hidden(vimmenu_T *menu, int hidden)
|
|
7
|
5138 {
|
|
|
5139 /* There's no hidden mode on MacOS */
|
|
9
|
5140 gui_mch_menu_grey(menu, hidden);
|
|
7
|
5141 }
|
|
|
5142
|
|
|
5143
|
|
|
5144 /*
|
|
|
5145 * This is called after setting all the menus to grey/hidden or not.
|
|
|
5146 */
|
|
|
5147 void
|
|
593
|
5148 gui_mch_draw_menubar(void)
|
|
7
|
5149 {
|
|
|
5150 DrawMenuBar();
|
|
|
5151 }
|
|
|
5152
|
|
|
5153
|
|
|
5154 /*
|
|
|
5155 * Scrollbar stuff.
|
|
|
5156 */
|
|
|
5157
|
|
|
5158 void
|
|
593
|
5159 gui_mch_enable_scrollbar(
|
|
|
5160 scrollbar_T *sb,
|
|
|
5161 int flag)
|
|
7
|
5162 {
|
|
|
5163 if (flag)
|
|
|
5164 ShowControl(sb->id);
|
|
|
5165 else
|
|
|
5166 HideControl(sb->id);
|
|
|
5167
|
|
|
5168 #ifdef DEBUG_MAC_SB
|
|
9
|
5169 printf("enb_sb (%x) %x\n",sb->id, flag);
|
|
7
|
5170 #endif
|
|
|
5171 }
|
|
|
5172
|
|
|
5173 void
|
|
593
|
5174 gui_mch_set_scrollbar_thumb(
|
|
|
5175 scrollbar_T *sb,
|
|
|
5176 long val,
|
|
|
5177 long size,
|
|
|
5178 long max)
|
|
7
|
5179 {
|
|
|
5180 SetControl32BitMaximum (sb->id, max);
|
|
|
5181 SetControl32BitMinimum (sb->id, 0);
|
|
|
5182 SetControl32BitValue (sb->id, val);
|
|
1107
|
5183 SetControlViewSize (sb->id, size);
|
|
7
|
5184 #ifdef DEBUG_MAC_SB
|
|
9
|
5185 printf("thumb_sb (%x) %x, %x,%x\n",sb->id, val, size, max);
|
|
7
|
5186 #endif
|
|
|
5187 }
|
|
|
5188
|
|
|
5189 void
|
|
593
|
5190 gui_mch_set_scrollbar_pos(
|
|
|
5191 scrollbar_T *sb,
|
|
|
5192 int x,
|
|
|
5193 int y,
|
|
|
5194 int w,
|
|
|
5195 int h)
|
|
7
|
5196 {
|
|
|
5197 gui_mch_set_bg_color(gui.back_pixel);
|
|
|
5198 /* if (gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_LEFT])
|
|
|
5199 {
|
|
9
|
5200 MoveControl(sb->id, x-16, y);
|
|
|
5201 SizeControl(sb->id, w + 1, h);
|
|
7
|
5202 }
|
|
|
5203 else
|
|
|
5204 {
|
|
9
|
5205 MoveControl(sb->id, x, y);
|
|
|
5206 SizeControl(sb->id, w + 1, h);
|
|
7
|
5207 }*/
|
|
|
5208 if (sb == &gui.bottom_sbar)
|
|
|
5209 h += 1;
|
|
|
5210 else
|
|
|
5211 w += 1;
|
|
|
5212
|
|
|
5213 if (gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_LEFT])
|
|
|
5214 x -= 15;
|
|
|
5215
|
|
9
|
5216 MoveControl(sb->id, x, y);
|
|
|
5217 SizeControl(sb->id, w, h);
|
|
7
|
5218 #ifdef DEBUG_MAC_SB
|
|
9
|
5219 printf("size_sb (%x) %x, %x, %x, %x\n",sb->id, x, y, w, h);
|
|
7
|
5220 #endif
|
|
|
5221 }
|
|
|
5222
|
|
|
5223 void
|
|
593
|
5224 gui_mch_create_scrollbar(
|
|
|
5225 scrollbar_T *sb,
|
|
|
5226 int orient) /* SBAR_VERT or SBAR_HORIZ */
|
|
7
|
5227 {
|
|
|
5228 Rect bounds;
|
|
|
5229
|
|
|
5230 bounds.top = -16;
|
|
|
5231 bounds.bottom = -10;
|
|
|
5232 bounds.right = -10;
|
|
|
5233 bounds.left = -16;
|
|
|
5234
|
|
9
|
5235 sb->id = NewControl(gui.VimWindow,
|
|
7
|
5236 &bounds,
|
|
|
5237 "\pScrollBar",
|
|
|
5238 TRUE,
|
|
|
5239 0, /* current*/
|
|
|
5240 0, /* top */
|
|
|
5241 0, /* bottom */
|
|
|
5242 kControlScrollBarLiveProc,
|
|
|
5243 (long) sb->ident);
|
|
|
5244 #ifdef DEBUG_MAC_SB
|
|
9
|
5245 printf("create_sb (%x) %x\n",sb->id, orient);
|
|
7
|
5246 #endif
|
|
|
5247 }
|
|
|
5248
|
|
|
5249 void
|
|
593
|
5250 gui_mch_destroy_scrollbar(scrollbar_T *sb)
|
|
7
|
5251 {
|
|
|
5252 gui_mch_set_bg_color(gui.back_pixel);
|
|
9
|
5253 DisposeControl(sb->id);
|
|
7
|
5254 #ifdef DEBUG_MAC_SB
|
|
9
|
5255 printf("dest_sb (%x) \n",sb->id);
|
|
7
|
5256 #endif
|
|
|
5257 }
|
|
|
5258
|
|
|
5259
|
|
|
5260 /*
|
|
|
5261 * Cursor blink functions.
|
|
|
5262 *
|
|
|
5263 * This is a simple state machine:
|
|
|
5264 * BLINK_NONE not blinking at all
|
|
|
5265 * BLINK_OFF blinking, cursor is not shown
|
|
|
5266 * BLINK_ON blinking, cursor is shown
|
|
|
5267 */
|
|
|
5268 void
|
|
|
5269 gui_mch_set_blinking(long wait, long on, long off)
|
|
|
5270 {
|
|
|
5271 /* TODO: TODO: TODO: TODO: */
|
|
|
5272 /* blink_waittime = wait;
|
|
|
5273 blink_ontime = on;
|
|
|
5274 blink_offtime = off;*/
|
|
|
5275 }
|
|
|
5276
|
|
|
5277 /*
|
|
|
5278 * Stop the cursor blinking. Show the cursor if it wasn't shown.
|
|
|
5279 */
|
|
|
5280 void
|
|
593
|
5281 gui_mch_stop_blink(void)
|
|
7
|
5282 {
|
|
|
5283 gui_update_cursor(TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
|
5284 /* TODO: TODO: TODO: TODO: */
|
|
|
5285 /* gui_w32_rm_blink_timer();
|
|
|
5286 if (blink_state == BLINK_OFF)
|
|
|
5287 gui_update_cursor(TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
|
5288 blink_state = BLINK_NONE;*/
|
|
|
5289 }
|
|
|
5290
|
|
|
5291 /*
|
|
|
5292 * Start the cursor blinking. If it was already blinking, this restarts the
|
|
|
5293 * waiting time and shows the cursor.
|
|
|
5294 */
|
|
|
5295 void
|
|
593
|
5296 gui_mch_start_blink(void)
|
|
7
|
5297 {
|
|
|
5298 gui_update_cursor(TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
|
5299 /* TODO: TODO: TODO: TODO: */
|
|
|
5300 /* gui_w32_rm_blink_timer(); */
|
|
|
5301
|
|
|
5302 /* Only switch blinking on if none of the times is zero */
|
|
|
5303 /* if (blink_waittime && blink_ontime && blink_offtime)
|
|
|
5304 {
|
|
|
5305 blink_timer = SetTimer(NULL, 0, (UINT)blink_waittime,
|
|
|
5306 (TIMERPROC)_OnBlinkTimer);
|
|
|
5307 blink_state = BLINK_ON;
|
|
|
5308 gui_update_cursor(TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
|
5309 }*/
|
|
|
5310 }
|
|
|
5311
|
|
|
5312 /*
|
|
|
5313 * Return the RGB value of a pixel as long.
|
|
|
5314 */
|
|
|
5315 long_u
|
|
|
5316 gui_mch_get_rgb(guicolor_T pixel)
|
|
|
5317 {
|
|
|
5318 return (Red(pixel) << 16) + (Green(pixel) << 8) + Blue(pixel);
|
|
|
5319 }
|
|
|
5320
|
|
|
5321
|
|
|
5322
|
|
|
5323 #ifdef FEAT_BROWSE
|
|
|
5324 /*
|
|
|
5325 * Pop open a file browser and return the file selected, in allocated memory,
|
|
|
5326 * or NULL if Cancel is hit.
|
|
|
5327 * saving - TRUE if the file will be saved to, FALSE if it will be opened.
|
|
|
5328 * title - Title message for the file browser dialog.
|
|
|
5329 * dflt - Default name of file.
|
|
|
5330 * ext - Default extension to be added to files without extensions.
|
|
|
5331 * initdir - directory in which to open the browser (NULL = current dir)
|
|
|
5332 * filter - Filter for matched files to choose from.
|
|
|
5333 * Has a format like this:
|
|
|
5334 * "C Files (*.c)\0*.c\0"
|
|
|
5335 * "All Files\0*.*\0\0"
|
|
|
5336 * If these two strings were concatenated, then a choice of two file
|
|
|
5337 * filters will be selectable to the user. Then only matching files will
|
|
|
5338 * be shown in the browser. If NULL, the default allows all files.
|
|
|
5339 *
|
|
|
5340 * *NOTE* - the filter string must be terminated with TWO nulls.
|
|
|
5341 */
|
|
|
5342 char_u *
|
|
|
5343 gui_mch_browse(
|
|
|
5344 int saving,
|
|
|
5345 char_u *title,
|
|
|
5346 char_u *dflt,
|
|
|
5347 char_u *ext,
|
|
|
5348 char_u *initdir,
|
|
|
5349 char_u *filter)
|
|
|
5350 {
|
|
|
5351 /* TODO: Add Ammon's safety checl (Dany) */
|
|
|
5352 NavReplyRecord reply;
|
|
|
5353 char_u *fname = NULL;
|
|
|
5354 char_u **fnames = NULL;
|
|
|
5355 long numFiles;
|
|
|
5356 NavDialogOptions navOptions;
|
|
|
5357 OSErr error;
|
|
|
5358
|
|
|
5359 /* Get Navigation Service Defaults value */
|
|
9
|
5360 NavGetDefaultDialogOptions(&navOptions);
|
|
7
|
5361
|
|
|
5362
|
|
|
5363 /* TODO: If we get a :browse args, set the Multiple bit. */
|
|
|
5364 navOptions.dialogOptionFlags = kNavAllowInvisibleFiles
|
|
|
5365 | kNavDontAutoTranslate
|
|
|
5366 | kNavDontAddTranslateItems
|
|
|
5367 /* | kNavAllowMultipleFiles */
|
|
|
5368 | kNavAllowStationery;
|
|
|
5369
|
|
9
|
5370 (void) C2PascalString(title, &navOptions.message);
|
|
|
5371 (void) C2PascalString(dflt, &navOptions.savedFileName);
|
|
7
|
5372 /* Could set clientName?
|
|
|
5373 * windowTitle? (there's no title bar?)
|
|
|
5374 */
|
|
|
5375
|
|
|
5376 if (saving)
|
|
|
5377 {
|
|
|
5378 /* Change first parm AEDesc (typeFSS) *defaultLocation to match dflt */
|
|
9
|
5379 NavPutFile(NULL, &reply, &navOptions, NULL, 'TEXT', 'VIM!', NULL);
|
|
7
|
5380 if (!reply.validRecord)
|
|
|
5381 return NULL;
|
|
|
5382 }
|
|
|
5383 else
|
|
|
5384 {
|
|
|
5385 /* Change first parm AEDesc (typeFSS) *defaultLocation to match dflt */
|
|
|
5386 NavGetFile(NULL, &reply, &navOptions, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
5387 if (!reply.validRecord)
|
|
|
5388 return NULL;
|
|
|
5389 }
|
|
|
5390
|
|
|
5391 fnames = new_fnames_from_AEDesc(&reply.selection, &numFiles, &error);
|
|
|
5392
|
|
9
|
5393 NavDisposeReply(&reply);
|
|
7
|
5394
|
|
|
5395 if (fnames)
|
|
|
5396 {
|
|
|
5397 fname = fnames[0];
|
|
|
5398 vim_free(fnames);
|
|
|
5399 }
|
|
|
5400
|
|
|
5401 /* TODO: Shorten the file name if possible */
|
|
|
5402 return fname;
|
|
|
5403 }
|
|
|
5404 #endif /* FEAT_BROWSE */
|
|
|
5405
|
|
|
5406 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_DIALOG
|
|
|
5407 /*
|
|
|
5408 * Stuff for dialogues
|
|
|
5409 */
|
|
|
5410
|
|
|
5411 /*
|
|
|
5412 * Create a dialogue dynamically from the parameter strings.
|
|
|
5413 * type = type of dialogue (question, alert, etc.)
|
|
|
5414 * title = dialogue title. may be NULL for default title.
|
|
|
5415 * message = text to display. Dialogue sizes to accommodate it.
|
|
|
5416 * buttons = '\n' separated list of button captions, default first.
|
|
|
5417 * dfltbutton = number of default button.
|
|
|
5418 *
|
|
|
5419 * This routine returns 1 if the first button is pressed,
|
|
|
5420 * 2 for the second, etc.
|
|
|
5421 *
|
|
|
5422 * 0 indicates Esc was pressed.
|
|
|
5423 * -1 for unexpected error
|
|
|
5424 *
|
|
|
5425 * If stubbing out this fn, return 1.
|
|
|
5426 */
|
|
|
5427
|
|
|
5428 typedef struct
|
|
|
5429 {
|
|
|
5430 short idx;
|
|
|
5431 short width; /* Size of the text in pixel */
|
|
|
5432 Rect box;
|
|
|
5433 } vgmDlgItm; /* Vim Gui_Mac.c Dialog Item */
|
|
|
5434
|
|
|
5435 #define MoveRectTo(r,x,y) OffsetRect(r,x-r->left,y-r->top)
|
|
|
5436
|
|
|
5437 static void
|
|
|
5438 macMoveDialogItem(
|
|
|
5439 DialogRef theDialog,
|
|
|
5440 short itemNumber,
|
|
|
5441 short X,
|
|
|
5442 short Y,
|
|
|
5443 Rect *inBox)
|
|
|
5444 {
|
|
|
5445 #if 0 /* USE_CARBONIZED */
|
|
|
5446 /* Untested */
|
|
9
|
5447 MoveDialogItem(theDialog, itemNumber, X, Y);
|
|
7
|
5448 if (inBox != nil)
|
|
9
|
5449 GetDialogItem(theDialog, itemNumber, &itemType, &itemHandle, inBox);
|
|
7
|
5450 #else
|
|
|
5451 short itemType;
|
|
|
5452 Handle itemHandle;
|
|
|
5453 Rect localBox;
|
|
|
5454 Rect *itemBox = &localBox;
|
|
|
5455
|
|
|
5456 if (inBox != nil)
|
|
|
5457 itemBox = inBox;
|
|
|
5458
|
|
9
|
5459 GetDialogItem(theDialog, itemNumber, &itemType, &itemHandle, itemBox);
|
|
|
5460 OffsetRect(itemBox, -itemBox->left, -itemBox->top);
|
|
|
5461 OffsetRect(itemBox, X, Y);
|
|
7
|
5462 /* To move a control (like a button) we need to call both
|
|
|
5463 * MoveControl and SetDialogItem. FAQ 6-18 */
|
|
|
5464 if (1) /*(itemType & kControlDialogItem) */
|
|
9
|
5465 MoveControl((ControlRef) itemHandle, X, Y);
|
|
|
5466 SetDialogItem(theDialog, itemNumber, itemType, itemHandle, itemBox);
|
|
7
|
5467 #endif
|
|
|
5468 }
|
|
|
5469
|
|
|
5470 static void
|
|
|
5471 macSizeDialogItem(
|
|
|
5472 DialogRef theDialog,
|
|
|
5473 short itemNumber,
|
|
|
5474 short width,
|
|
|
5475 short height)
|
|
|
5476 {
|
|
|
5477 short itemType;
|
|
|
5478 Handle itemHandle;
|
|
|
5479 Rect itemBox;
|
|
|
5480
|
|
9
|
5481 GetDialogItem(theDialog, itemNumber, &itemType, &itemHandle, &itemBox);
|
|
7
|
5482
|
|
|
5483 /* When width or height is zero do not change it */
|
|
|
5484 if (width == 0)
|
|
|
5485 width = itemBox.right - itemBox.left;
|
|
|
5486 if (height == 0)
|
|
|
5487 height = itemBox.bottom - itemBox.top;
|
|
|
5488
|
|
|
5489 #if 0 /* USE_CARBONIZED */
|
|
9
|
5490 SizeDialogItem(theDialog, itemNumber, width, height); /* Untested */
|
|
7
|
5491 #else
|
|
|
5492 /* Resize the bounding box */
|
|
|
5493 itemBox.right = itemBox.left + width;
|
|
|
5494 itemBox.bottom = itemBox.top + height;
|
|
|
5495
|
|
|
5496 /* To resize a control (like a button) we need to call both
|
|
|
5497 * SizeControl and SetDialogItem. (deducted from FAQ 6-18) */
|
|
|
5498 if (itemType & kControlDialogItem)
|
|
9
|
5499 SizeControl((ControlRef) itemHandle, width, height);
|
|
7
|
5500
|
|
|
5501 /* Configure back the item */
|
|
9
|
5502 SetDialogItem(theDialog, itemNumber, itemType, itemHandle, &itemBox);
|
|
7
|
5503 #endif
|
|
|
5504 }
|
|
|
5505
|
|
|
5506 static void
|
|
|
5507 macSetDialogItemText(
|
|
|
5508 DialogRef theDialog,
|
|
|
5509 short itemNumber,
|
|
|
5510 Str255 itemName)
|
|
|
5511 {
|
|
|
5512 short itemType;
|
|
|
5513 Handle itemHandle;
|
|
|
5514 Rect itemBox;
|
|
|
5515
|
|
9
|
5516 GetDialogItem(theDialog, itemNumber, &itemType, &itemHandle, &itemBox);
|
|
7
|
5517
|
|
|
5518 if (itemType & kControlDialogItem)
|
|
9
|
5519 SetControlTitle((ControlRef) itemHandle, itemName);
|
|
7
|
5520 else
|
|
9
|
5521 SetDialogItemText(itemHandle, itemName);
|
|
7
|
5522 }
|
|
|
5523
|
|
593
|
5524 /* TODO: There have been some crashes with dialogs, check your inbox
|
|
|
5525 * (Jussi)
|
|
|
5526 */
|
|
7
|
5527 int
|
|
|
5528 gui_mch_dialog(
|
|
|
5529 int type,
|
|
|
5530 char_u *title,
|
|
|
5531 char_u *message,
|
|
|
5532 char_u *buttons,
|
|
|
5533 int dfltbutton,
|
|
|
5534 char_u *textfield)
|
|
|
5535 {
|
|
|
5536 Handle buttonDITL;
|
|
|
5537 Handle iconDITL;
|
|
|
5538 Handle inputDITL;
|
|
|
5539 Handle messageDITL;
|
|
|
5540 Handle itemHandle;
|
|
|
5541 Handle iconHandle;
|
|
|
5542 DialogPtr theDialog;
|
|
|
5543 char_u len;
|
|
|
5544 char_u PascalTitle[256]; /* place holder for the title */
|
|
|
5545 char_u name[256];
|
|
|
5546 GrafPtr oldPort;
|
|
|
5547 short itemHit;
|
|
|
5548 char_u *buttonChar;
|
|
|
5549 Rect box;
|
|
|
5550 short button;
|
|
|
5551 short lastButton;
|
|
|
5552 short itemType;
|
|
|
5553 short useIcon;
|
|
|
5554 short width;
|
|
1377
|
5555 short totalButtonWidth = 0; /* the width of all buttons together
|
|
1212
|
5556 including spacing */
|
|
7
|
5557 short widestButton = 0;
|
|
|
5558 short dfltButtonEdge = 20; /* gut feeling */
|
|
|
5559 short dfltElementSpacing = 13; /* from IM:V.2-29 */
|
|
|
5560 short dfltIconSideSpace = 23; /* from IM:V.2-29 */
|
|
|
5561 short maximumWidth = 400; /* gut feeling */
|
|
|
5562 short maxButtonWidth = 175; /* gut feeling */
|
|
|
5563
|
|
|
5564 short vertical;
|
|
|
5565 short dialogHeight;
|
|
|
5566 short messageLines = 3;
|
|
|
5567 FontInfo textFontInfo;
|
|
|
5568
|
|
|
5569 vgmDlgItm iconItm;
|
|
|
5570 vgmDlgItm messageItm;
|
|
|
5571 vgmDlgItm inputItm;
|
|
|
5572 vgmDlgItm buttonItm;
|
|
|
5573
|
|
|
5574 WindowRef theWindow;
|
|
|
5575
|
|
|
5576 /* Check 'v' flag in 'guioptions': vertical button placement. */
|
|
|
5577 vertical = (vim_strchr(p_go, GO_VERTICAL) != NULL);
|
|
|
5578
|
|
|
5579 /* Create a new Dialog Box from template. */
|
|
9
|
5580 theDialog = GetNewDialog(129, nil, (WindowRef) -1);
|
|
7
|
5581
|
|
|
5582 /* Get the WindowRef */
|
|
|
5583 theWindow = GetDialogWindow(theDialog);
|
|
|
5584
|
|
|
5585 /* Hide the window.
|
|
|
5586 * 1. to avoid seeing slow drawing
|
|
|
5587 * 2. to prevent a problem seen while moving dialog item
|
|
|
5588 * within a visible window. (non-Carbon MacOS 9)
|
|
|
5589 * Could be avoided by changing the resource.
|
|
|
5590 */
|
|
9
|
5591 HideWindow(theWindow);
|
|
7
|
5592
|
|
|
5593 /* Change the graphical port to the dialog,
|
|
|
5594 * so we can measure the text with the proper font */
|
|
9
|
5595 GetPort(&oldPort);
|
|
|
5596 SetPortDialogPort(theDialog);
|
|
7
|
5597
|
|
|
5598 /* Get the info about the default text,
|
|
|
5599 * used to calculate the height of the message
|
|
|
5600 * and of the text field */
|
|
|
5601 GetFontInfo(&textFontInfo);
|
|
|
5602
|
|
|
5603 /* Set the dialog title */
|
|
|
5604 if (title != NULL)
|
|
|
5605 {
|
|
9
|
5606 (void) C2PascalString(title, &PascalTitle);
|
|
|
5607 SetWTitle(theWindow, PascalTitle);
|
|
7
|
5608 }
|
|
|
5609
|
|
|
5610 /* Creates the buttons and add them to the Dialog Box. */
|
|
9
|
5611 buttonDITL = GetResource('DITL', 130);
|
|
7
|
5612 buttonChar = buttons;
|
|
|
5613 button = 0;
|
|
|
5614
|
|
|
5615 for (;*buttonChar != 0;)
|
|
|
5616 {
|
|
|
5617 /* Get the name of the button */
|
|
|
5618 button++;
|
|
|
5619 len = 0;
|
|
|
5620 for (;((*buttonChar != DLG_BUTTON_SEP) && (*buttonChar != 0) && (len < 255)); buttonChar++)
|
|
|
5621 {
|
|
|
5622 if (*buttonChar != DLG_HOTKEY_CHAR)
|
|
|
5623 name[++len] = *buttonChar;
|
|
|
5624 }
|
|
|
5625 if (*buttonChar != 0)
|
|
|
5626 buttonChar++;
|
|
|
5627 name[0] = len;
|
|
|
5628
|
|
|
5629 /* Add the button */
|
|
9
|
5630 AppendDITL(theDialog, buttonDITL, overlayDITL); /* appendDITLRight); */
|
|
7
|
5631
|
|
|
5632 /* Change the button's name */
|
|
9
|
5633 macSetDialogItemText(theDialog, button, name);
|
|
7
|
5634
|
|
|
5635 /* Resize the button to fit its name */
|
|
9
|
5636 width = StringWidth(name) + 2 * dfltButtonEdge;
|
|
7
|
5637 /* Limite the size of any button to an acceptable value. */
|
|
|
5638 /* TODO: Should be based on the message width */
|
|
|
5639 if (width > maxButtonWidth)
|
|
|
5640 width = maxButtonWidth;
|
|
9
|
5641 macSizeDialogItem(theDialog, button, width, 0);
|
|
7
|
5642
|
|
|
5643 totalButtonWidth += width;
|
|
|
5644
|
|
|
5645 if (width > widestButton)
|
|
|
5646 widestButton = width;
|
|
|
5647 }
|
|
9
|
5648 ReleaseResource(buttonDITL);
|
|
7
|
5649 lastButton = button;
|
|
|
5650
|
|
|
5651 /* Add the icon to the Dialog Box. */
|
|
|
5652 iconItm.idx = lastButton + 1;
|
|
9
|
5653 iconDITL = GetResource('DITL', 131);
|
|
7
|
5654 switch (type)
|
|
|
5655 {
|
|
|
5656 case VIM_GENERIC: useIcon = kNoteIcon;
|
|
|
5657 case VIM_ERROR: useIcon = kStopIcon;
|
|
|
5658 case VIM_WARNING: useIcon = kCautionIcon;
|
|
|
5659 case VIM_INFO: useIcon = kNoteIcon;
|
|
|
5660 case VIM_QUESTION: useIcon = kNoteIcon;
|
|
|
5661 default: useIcon = kStopIcon;
|
|
|
5662 };
|
|
9
|
5663 AppendDITL(theDialog, iconDITL, overlayDITL);
|
|
|
5664 ReleaseResource(iconDITL);
|
|
|
5665 GetDialogItem(theDialog, iconItm.idx, &itemType, &itemHandle, &box);
|
|
7
|
5666 /* TODO: Should the item be freed? */
|
|
9
|
5667 iconHandle = GetIcon(useIcon);
|
|
|
5668 SetDialogItem(theDialog, iconItm.idx, itemType, iconHandle, &box);
|
|
7
|
5669
|
|
|
5670 /* Add the message to the Dialog box. */
|
|
|
5671 messageItm.idx = lastButton + 2;
|
|
9
|
5672 messageDITL = GetResource('DITL', 132);
|
|
|
5673 AppendDITL(theDialog, messageDITL, overlayDITL);
|
|
|
5674 ReleaseResource(messageDITL);
|
|
|
5675 GetDialogItem(theDialog, messageItm.idx, &itemType, &itemHandle, &box);
|
|
|
5676 (void) C2PascalString(message, &name);
|
|
|
5677 SetDialogItemText(itemHandle, name);
|
|
|
5678 messageItm.width = StringWidth(name);
|
|
7
|
5679
|
|
|
5680 /* Add the input box if needed */
|
|
|
5681 if (textfield != NULL)
|
|
|
5682 {
|
|
857
|
5683 /* Cheat for now reuse the message and convert to text edit */
|
|
7
|
5684 inputItm.idx = lastButton + 3;
|
|
9
|
5685 inputDITL = GetResource('DITL', 132);
|
|
|
5686 AppendDITL(theDialog, inputDITL, overlayDITL);
|
|
|
5687 ReleaseResource(inputDITL);
|
|
|
5688 GetDialogItem(theDialog, inputItm.idx, &itemType, &itemHandle, &box);
|
|
|
5689 /* SetDialogItem(theDialog, inputItm.idx, kEditTextDialogItem, itemHandle, &box);*/
|
|
|
5690 (void) C2PascalString(textfield, &name);
|
|
|
5691 SetDialogItemText(itemHandle, name);
|
|
|
5692 inputItm.width = StringWidth(name);
|
|
7
|
5693 }
|
|
|
5694
|
|
|
5695 /* Set the <ENTER> and <ESC> button. */
|
|
9
|
5696 SetDialogDefaultItem(theDialog, dfltbutton);
|
|
|
5697 SetDialogCancelItem(theDialog, 0);
|
|
7
|
5698
|
|
|
5699 /* Reposition element */
|
|
|
5700
|
|
|
5701 /* Check if we need to force vertical */
|
|
|
5702 if (totalButtonWidth > maximumWidth)
|
|
|
5703 vertical = TRUE;
|
|
|
5704
|
|
|
5705 /* Place icon */
|
|
9
|
5706 macMoveDialogItem(theDialog, iconItm.idx, dfltIconSideSpace, dfltElementSpacing, &box);
|
|
7
|
5707 iconItm.box.right = box.right;
|
|
|
5708 iconItm.box.bottom = box.bottom;
|
|
|
5709
|
|
|
5710 /* Place Message */
|
|
|
5711 messageItm.box.left = iconItm.box.right + dfltIconSideSpace;
|
|
9
|
5712 macSizeDialogItem(theDialog, messageItm.idx, 0, messageLines * (textFontInfo.ascent + textFontInfo.descent));
|
|
|
5713 macMoveDialogItem(theDialog, messageItm.idx, messageItm.box.left, dfltElementSpacing, &messageItm.box);
|
|
7
|
5714
|
|
|
5715 /* Place Input */
|
|
|
5716 if (textfield != NULL)
|
|
|
5717 {
|
|
|
5718 inputItm.box.left = messageItm.box.left;
|
|
|
5719 inputItm.box.top = messageItm.box.bottom + dfltElementSpacing;
|
|
9
|
5720 macSizeDialogItem(theDialog, inputItm.idx, 0, textFontInfo.ascent + textFontInfo.descent);
|
|
|
5721 macMoveDialogItem(theDialog, inputItm.idx, inputItm.box.left, inputItm.box.top, &inputItm.box);
|
|
7
|
5722 /* Convert the static text into a text edit.
|
|
|
5723 * For some reason this change need to be done last (Dany) */
|
|
9
|
5724 GetDialogItem(theDialog, inputItm.idx, &itemType, &itemHandle, &inputItm.box);
|
|
|
5725 SetDialogItem(theDialog, inputItm.idx, kEditTextDialogItem, itemHandle, &inputItm.box);
|
|
7
|
5726 SelectDialogItemText(theDialog, inputItm.idx, 0, 32767);
|
|
|
5727 }
|
|
|
5728
|
|
|
5729 /* Place Button */
|
|
|
5730 if (textfield != NULL)
|
|
|
5731 {
|
|
|
5732 buttonItm.box.left = inputItm.box.left;
|
|
|
5733 buttonItm.box.top = inputItm.box.bottom + dfltElementSpacing;
|
|
|
5734 }
|
|
|
5735 else
|
|
|
5736 {
|
|
|
5737 buttonItm.box.left = messageItm.box.left;
|
|
|
5738 buttonItm.box.top = messageItm.box.bottom + dfltElementSpacing;
|
|
|
5739 }
|
|
|
5740
|
|
|
5741 for (button=1; button <= lastButton; button++)
|
|
|
5742 {
|
|
|
5743
|
|
9
|
5744 macMoveDialogItem(theDialog, button, buttonItm.box.left, buttonItm.box.top, &box);
|
|
1377
|
5745 /* With vertical, it's better to have all buttons the same length */
|
|
7
|
5746 if (vertical)
|
|
|
5747 {
|
|
9
|
5748 macSizeDialogItem(theDialog, button, widestButton, 0);
|
|
|
5749 GetDialogItem(theDialog, button, &itemType, &itemHandle, &box);
|
|
7
|
5750 }
|
|
|
5751 /* Calculate position of next button */
|
|
|
5752 if (vertical)
|
|
|
5753 buttonItm.box.top = box.bottom + dfltElementSpacing;
|
|
|
5754 else
|
|
|
5755 buttonItm.box.left = box.right + dfltElementSpacing;
|
|
|
5756 }
|
|
|
5757
|
|
|
5758 /* Resize the dialog box */
|
|
|
5759 dialogHeight = box.bottom + dfltElementSpacing;
|
|
|
5760 SizeWindow(theWindow, maximumWidth, dialogHeight, TRUE);
|
|
|
5761
|
|
|
5762 /* Magic resize */
|
|
9
|
5763 AutoSizeDialog(theDialog);
|
|
7
|
5764 /* Need a horizontal resize anyway so not that useful */
|
|
|
5765
|
|
|
5766 /* Display it */
|
|
|
5767 ShowWindow(theWindow);
|
|
|
5768 /* BringToFront(theWindow); */
|
|
|
5769 SelectWindow(theWindow);
|
|
|
5770
|
|
9
|
5771 /* DrawDialog(theDialog); */
|
|
7
|
5772 #if 0
|
|
9
|
5773 GetPort(&oldPort);
|
|
|
5774 SetPortDialogPort(theDialog);
|
|
7
|
5775 #endif
|
|
|
5776
|
|
857
|
5777 #ifdef USE_CARBONKEYHANDLER
|
|
|
5778 /* Avoid that we use key events for the main window. */
|
|
|
5779 dialog_busy = TRUE;
|
|
|
5780 #endif
|
|
|
5781
|
|
7
|
5782 /* Hang until one of the button is hit */
|
|
|
5783 do
|
|
|
5784 {
|
|
9
|
5785 ModalDialog(nil, &itemHit);
|
|
7
|
5786 } while ((itemHit < 1) || (itemHit > lastButton));
|
|
|
5787
|
|
857
|
5788 #ifdef USE_CARBONKEYHANDLER
|
|
|
5789 dialog_busy = FALSE;
|
|
|
5790 #endif
|
|
|
5791
|
|
7
|
5792 /* Copy back the text entered by the user into the param */
|
|
|
5793 if (textfield != NULL)
|
|
|
5794 {
|
|
9
|
5795 GetDialogItem(theDialog, inputItm.idx, &itemType, &itemHandle, &box);
|
|
|
5796 GetDialogItemText(itemHandle, (char_u *) &name);
|
|
7
|
5797 #if IOSIZE < 256
|
|
|
5798 /* Truncate the name to IOSIZE if needed */
|
|
|
5799 if (name[0] > IOSIZE)
|
|
|
5800 name[0] = IOSIZE - 1;
|
|
|
5801 #endif
|
|
418
|
5802 vim_strncpy(textfield, &name[1], name[0]);
|
|
7
|
5803 }
|
|
|
5804
|
|
|
5805 /* Restore the original graphical port */
|
|
9
|
5806 SetPort(oldPort);
|
|
7
|
5807
|
|
|
5808 /* Get ride of th edialog (free memory) */
|
|
9
|
5809 DisposeDialog(theDialog);
|
|
7
|
5810
|
|
|
5811 return itemHit;
|
|
|
5812 /*
|
|
|
5813 * Usefull thing which could be used
|
|
|
5814 * SetDialogTimeout(): Auto click a button after timeout
|
|
|
5815 * SetDialogTracksCursor() : Get the I-beam cursor over input box
|
|
|
5816 * MoveDialogItem(): Probably better than SetDialogItem
|
|
|
5817 * SizeDialogItem(): (but is it Carbon Only?)
|
|
1373
|
5818 * AutoSizeDialog(): Magic resize of dialog based on text length
|
|
7
|
5819 */
|
|
|
5820 }
|
|
|
5821 #endif /* FEAT_DIALOG_GUI */
|
|
|
5822
|
|
|
5823 /*
|
|
|
5824 * Display the saved error message(s).
|
|
|
5825 */
|
|
|
5826 #ifdef USE_MCH_ERRMSG
|
|
|
5827 void
|
|
593
|
5828 display_errors(void)
|
|
7
|
5829 {
|
|
|
5830 char *p;
|
|
|
5831 char_u pError[256];
|
|
|
5832
|
|
593
|
5833 if (error_ga.ga_data == NULL)
|
|
|
5834 return;
|
|
|
5835
|
|
|
5836 /* avoid putting up a message box with blanks only */
|
|
|
5837 for (p = (char *)error_ga.ga_data; *p; ++p)
|
|
|
5838 if (!isspace(*p))
|
|
|
5839 {
|
|
|
5840 if (STRLEN(p) > 255)
|
|
|
5841 pError[0] = 255;
|
|
|
5842 else
|
|
|
5843 pError[0] = STRLEN(p);
|
|
|
5844
|
|
|
5845 STRNCPY(&pError[1], p, pError[0]);
|
|
|
5846 ParamText(pError, nil, nil, nil);
|
|
|
5847 Alert(128, nil);
|
|
|
5848 break;
|
|
|
5849 /* TODO: handled message longer than 256 chars
|
|
|
5850 * use auto-sizeable alert
|
|
|
5851 * or dialog with scrollbars (TextEdit zone)
|
|
|
5852 */
|
|
|
5853 }
|
|
|
5854 ga_clear(&error_ga);
|
|
7
|
5855 }
|
|
|
5856 #endif
|
|
|
5857
|
|
|
5858 /*
|
|
87
|
5859 * Get current mouse coordinates in text window.
|
|
7
|
5860 */
|
|
95
|
5861 void
|
|
|
5862 gui_mch_getmouse(int *x, int *y)
|
|
7
|
5863 {
|
|
|
5864 Point where;
|
|
|
5865
|
|
|
5866 GetMouse(&where);
|
|
|
5867
|
|
87
|
5868 *x = where.h;
|
|
|
5869 *y = where.v;
|
|
7
|
5870 }
|
|
|
5871
|
|
|
5872 void
|
|
593
|
5873 gui_mch_setmouse(int x, int y)
|
|
7
|
5874 {
|
|
|
5875 /* TODO */
|
|
|
5876 #if 0
|
|
|
5877 /* From FAQ 3-11 */
|
|
|
5878
|
|
|
5879 CursorDevicePtr myMouse;
|
|
|
5880 Point where;
|
|
|
5881
|
|
9
|
5882 if ( NGetTrapAddress(_CursorDeviceDispatch, ToolTrap)
|
|
|
5883 != NGetTrapAddress(_Unimplemented, ToolTrap))
|
|
7
|
5884 {
|
|
|
5885 /* New way */
|
|
|
5886
|
|
|
5887 /*
|
|
|
5888 * Get first devoice with one button.
|
|
|
5889 * This will probably be the standad mouse
|
|
|
5890 * startat head of cursor dev list
|
|
|
5891 *
|
|
|
5892 */
|
|
|
5893
|
|
|
5894 myMouse = nil;
|
|
|
5895
|
|
|
5896 do
|
|
|
5897 {
|
|
|
5898 /* Get the next cursor device */
|
|
|
5899 CursorDeviceNextDevice(&myMouse);
|
|
|
5900 }
|
|
9
|
5901 while ((myMouse != nil) && (myMouse->cntButtons != 1));
|
|
|
5902
|
|
|
5903 CursorDeviceMoveTo(myMouse, x, y);
|
|
7
|
5904 }
|
|
|
5905 else
|
|
|
5906 {
|
|
|
5907 /* Old way */
|
|
|
5908 where.h = x;
|
|
|
5909 where.v = y;
|
|
|
5910
|
|
|
5911 *(Point *)RawMouse = where;
|
|
|
5912 *(Point *)MTemp = where;
|
|
|
5913 *(Ptr) CrsrNew = 0xFFFF;
|
|
|
5914 }
|
|
|
5915 #endif
|
|
|
5916 }
|
|
|
5917
|
|
|
5918 void
|
|
593
|
5919 gui_mch_show_popupmenu(vimmenu_T *menu)
|
|
7
|
5920 {
|
|
|
5921 /*
|
|
|
5922 * Clone PopUp to use menu
|
|
|
5923 * Create a object descriptor for the current selection
|
|
|
5924 * Call the procedure
|
|
|
5925 */
|
|
|
5926
|
|
|
5927 MenuHandle CntxMenu;
|
|
|
5928 Point where;
|
|
|
5929 OSStatus status;
|
|
|
5930 UInt32 CntxType;
|
|
|
5931 SInt16 CntxMenuID;
|
|
|
5932 UInt16 CntxMenuItem;
|
|
|
5933 Str255 HelpName = "";
|
|
|
5934 GrafPtr savePort;
|
|
|
5935
|
|
|
5936 /* Save Current Port: On MacOS X we seem to lose the port */
|
|
9
|
5937 GetPort(&savePort); /*OSX*/
|
|
|
5938
|
|
|
5939 GetMouse(&where);
|
|
|
5940 LocalToGlobal(&where); /*OSX*/
|
|
7
|
5941 CntxMenu = menu->submenu_handle;
|
|
|
5942
|
|
|
5943 /* TODO: Get the text selection from Vim */
|
|
|
5944
|
|
|
5945 /* Call to Handle Popup */
|
|
1089
|
5946 status = ContextualMenuSelect(CntxMenu, where, false, kCMHelpItemRemoveHelp,
|
|
1012
|
5947 HelpName, NULL, &CntxType, &CntxMenuID, &CntxMenuItem);
|
|
7
|
5948
|
|
|
5949 if (status == noErr)
|
|
|
5950 {
|
|
|
5951 if (CntxType == kCMMenuItemSelected)
|
|
|
5952 {
|
|
|
5953 /* Handle the menu CntxMenuID, CntxMenuItem */
|
|
|
5954 /* The submenu can be handle directly by gui_mac_handle_menu */
|
|
1012
|
5955 /* But what about the current menu, is the menu changed by
|
|
|
5956 * ContextualMenuSelect */
|
|
9
|
5957 gui_mac_handle_menu((CntxMenuID << 16) + CntxMenuItem);
|
|
7
|
5958 }
|
|
|
5959 else if (CntxMenuID == kCMShowHelpSelected)
|
|
|
5960 {
|
|
|
5961 /* Should come up with the help */
|
|
|
5962 }
|
|
|
5963 }
|
|
|
5964
|
|
|
5965 /* Restore original Port */
|
|
9
|
5966 SetPort(savePort); /*OSX*/
|
|
7
|
5967 }
|
|
|
5968
|
|
|
5969 #if defined(FEAT_CW_EDITOR) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
5970 /* TODO: Is it need for MACOS_X? (Dany) */
|
|
|
5971 void
|
|
|
5972 mch_post_buffer_write(buf_T *buf)
|
|
|
5973 {
|
|
9
|
5974 GetFSSpecFromPath(buf->b_ffname, &buf->b_FSSpec);
|
|
|
5975 Send_KAHL_MOD_AE(buf);
|
|
7
|
5976 }
|
|
|
5977 #endif
|
|
|
5978
|
|
|
5979 #ifdef FEAT_TITLE
|
|
|
5980 /*
|
|
|
5981 * Set the window title and icon.
|
|
|
5982 * (The icon is not taken care of).
|
|
|
5983 */
|
|
|
5984 void
|
|
593
|
5985 gui_mch_settitle(char_u *title, char_u *icon)
|
|
7
|
5986 {
|
|
|
5987 /* TODO: Get vim to make sure maxlen (from p_titlelen) is smaller
|
|
|
5988 * that 256. Even better get it to fit nicely in the titlebar.
|
|
|
5989 */
|
|
766
|
5990 #ifdef MACOS_CONVERT
|
|
168
|
5991 CFStringRef windowTitle;
|
|
|
5992 size_t windowTitleLen;
|
|
|
5993 #else
|
|
7
|
5994 char_u *pascalTitle;
|
|
168
|
5995 #endif
|
|
7
|
5996
|
|
|
5997 if (title == NULL) /* nothing to do */
|
|
|
5998 return;
|
|
|
5999
|
|
766
|
6000 #ifdef MACOS_CONVERT
|
|
168
|
6001 windowTitleLen = STRLEN(title);
|
|
|
6002 windowTitle = mac_enc_to_cfstring(title, windowTitleLen);
|
|
|
6003
|
|
|
6004 if (windowTitle)
|
|
|
6005 {
|
|
|
6006 SetWindowTitleWithCFString(gui.VimWindow, windowTitle);
|
|
|
6007 CFRelease(windowTitle);
|
|
|
6008 }
|
|
|
6009 #else
|
|
7
|
6010 pascalTitle = C2Pascal_save(title);
|
|
|
6011 if (pascalTitle != NULL)
|
|
|
6012 {
|
|
|
6013 SetWTitle(gui.VimWindow, pascalTitle);
|
|
|
6014 vim_free(pascalTitle);
|
|
|
6015 }
|
|
168
|
6016 #endif
|
|
7
|
6017 }
|
|
|
6018 #endif
|
|
|
6019
|
|
|
6020 /*
|
|
|
6021 * Transfered from os_mac.c for MacOS X using os_unix.c prep work
|
|
|
6022 */
|
|
|
6023
|
|
|
6024 int
|
|
593
|
6025 C2PascalString(char_u *CString, Str255 *PascalString)
|
|
7
|
6026 {
|
|
|
6027 char_u *PascalPtr = (char_u *) PascalString;
|
|
|
6028 int len;
|
|
|
6029 int i;
|
|
|
6030
|
|
|
6031 PascalPtr[0] = 0;
|
|
|
6032 if (CString == NULL)
|
|
|
6033 return 0;
|
|
|
6034
|
|
|
6035 len = STRLEN(CString);
|
|
|
6036 if (len > 255)
|
|
|
6037 len = 255;
|
|
|
6038
|
|
|
6039 for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
|
|
|
6040 PascalPtr[i+1] = CString[i];
|
|
|
6041
|
|
|
6042 PascalPtr[0] = len;
|
|
|
6043
|
|
|
6044 return 0;
|
|
|
6045 }
|
|
|
6046
|
|
|
6047 int
|
|
593
|
6048 GetFSSpecFromPath(char_u *file, FSSpec *fileFSSpec)
|
|
7
|
6049 {
|
|
|
6050 /* From FAQ 8-12 */
|
|
|
6051 Str255 filePascal;
|
|
|
6052 CInfoPBRec myCPB;
|
|
|
6053 OSErr err;
|
|
|
6054
|
|
9
|
6055 (void) C2PascalString(file, &filePascal);
|
|
7
|
6056
|
|
|
6057 myCPB.dirInfo.ioNamePtr = filePascal;
|
|
|
6058 myCPB.dirInfo.ioVRefNum = 0;
|
|
|
6059 myCPB.dirInfo.ioFDirIndex = 0;
|
|
|
6060 myCPB.dirInfo.ioDrDirID = 0;
|
|
|
6061
|
|
9
|
6062 err= PBGetCatInfo(&myCPB, false);
|
|
7
|
6063
|
|
|
6064 /* vRefNum, dirID, name */
|
|
9
|
6065 FSMakeFSSpec(0, 0, filePascal, fileFSSpec);
|
|
7
|
6066
|
|
|
6067 /* TODO: Use an error code mechanism */
|
|
|
6068 return 0;
|
|
|
6069 }
|
|
|
6070
|
|
|
6071 /*
|
|
|
6072 * Convert a FSSpec to a fuill path
|
|
|
6073 */
|
|
|
6074
|
|
9
|
6075 char_u *FullPathFromFSSpec_save(FSSpec file)
|
|
7
|
6076 {
|
|
|
6077 /*
|
|
|
6078 * TODO: Add protection for 256 char max.
|
|
|
6079 */
|
|
|
6080
|
|
|
6081 CInfoPBRec theCPB;
|
|
|
6082 char_u fname[256];
|
|
|
6083 char_u *filenamePtr = fname;
|
|
|
6084 OSErr error;
|
|
|
6085 int folder = 1;
|
|
|
6086 #ifdef USE_UNIXFILENAME
|
|
|
6087 SInt16 dfltVol_vRefNum;
|
|
|
6088 SInt32 dfltVol_dirID;
|
|
|
6089 FSRef refFile;
|
|
|
6090 OSStatus status;
|
|
|
6091 UInt32 pathSize = 256;
|
|
|
6092 char_u pathname[256];
|
|
|
6093 char_u *path = pathname;
|
|
|
6094 #else
|
|
|
6095 Str255 directoryName;
|
|
|
6096 char_u temporary[255];
|
|
|
6097 char_u *temporaryPtr = temporary;
|
|
|
6098 #endif
|
|
|
6099
|
|
|
6100 #ifdef USE_UNIXFILENAME
|
|
|
6101 /* Get the default volume */
|
|
|
6102 /* TODO: Remove as this only work if Vim is on the Boot Volume*/
|
|
9
|
6103 error=HGetVol(NULL, &dfltVol_vRefNum, &dfltVol_dirID);
|
|
7
|
6104
|
|
|
6105 if (error)
|
|
|
6106 return NULL;
|
|
|
6107 #endif
|
|
|
6108
|
|
|
6109 /* Start filling fname with file.name */
|
|
418
|
6110 vim_strncpy(filenamePtr, &file.name[1], file.name[0]);
|
|
7
|
6111
|
|
|
6112 /* Get the info about the file specified in FSSpec */
|
|
|
6113 theCPB.dirInfo.ioFDirIndex = 0;
|
|
|
6114 theCPB.dirInfo.ioNamePtr = file.name;
|
|
|
6115 theCPB.dirInfo.ioVRefNum = file.vRefNum;
|
|
1106
|
6116 /*theCPB.hFileInfo.ioDirID = 0;*/
|
|
7
|
6117 theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrDirID = file.parID;
|
|
|
6118
|
|
|
6119 /* As ioFDirIndex = 0, get the info of ioNamePtr,
|
|
|
6120 which is relative to ioVrefNum, ioDirID */
|
|
9
|
6121 error = PBGetCatInfo(&theCPB, false);
|
|
7
|
6122
|
|
|
6123 /* If we are called for a new file we expect fnfErr */
|
|
|
6124 if ((error) && (error != fnfErr))
|
|
|
6125 return NULL;
|
|
|
6126
|
|
|
6127 /* Check if it's a file or folder */
|
|
|
6128 /* default to file if file don't exist */
|
|
|
6129 if (((theCPB.hFileInfo.ioFlAttrib & ioDirMask) == 0) || (error))
|
|
|
6130 folder = 0; /* It's not a folder */
|
|
|
6131 else
|
|
|
6132 folder = 1;
|
|
|
6133
|
|
|
6134 #ifdef USE_UNIXFILENAME
|
|
|
6135 /*
|
|
|
6136 * The function used here are available in Carbon, but
|
|
|
6137 * do nothing une MacOS 8 and 9
|
|
|
6138 */
|
|
|
6139 if (error == fnfErr)
|
|
|
6140 {
|
|
|
6141 /* If the file to be saved does not already exist, it isn't possible
|
|
|
6142 to convert its FSSpec into an FSRef. But we can construct an
|
|
|
6143 FSSpec for the file's parent folder (since we have its volume and
|
|
|
6144 directory IDs), and since that folder does exist, we can convert
|
|
|
6145 that FSSpec into an FSRef, convert the FSRef in turn into a path,
|
|
|
6146 and, finally, append the filename. */
|
|
|
6147 FSSpec dirSpec;
|
|
|
6148 FSRef dirRef;
|
|
|
6149 Str255 emptyFilename = "\p";
|
|
|
6150 error = FSMakeFSSpec(theCPB.dirInfo.ioVRefNum,
|
|
|
6151 theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrDirID, emptyFilename, &dirSpec);
|
|
|
6152 if (error)
|
|
|
6153 return NULL;
|
|
|
6154
|
|
|
6155 error = FSpMakeFSRef(&dirSpec, &dirRef);
|
|
|
6156 if (error)
|
|
|
6157 return NULL;
|
|
|
6158
|
|
|
6159 status = FSRefMakePath(&dirRef, (UInt8*)path, pathSize);
|
|
|
6160 if (status)
|
|
|
6161 return NULL;
|
|
|
6162
|
|
|
6163 STRCAT(path, "/");
|
|
|
6164 STRCAT(path, filenamePtr);
|
|
|
6165 }
|
|
|
6166 else
|
|
|
6167 {
|
|
|
6168 /* If the file to be saved already exists, we can get its full path
|
|
|
6169 by converting its FSSpec into an FSRef. */
|
|
9
|
6170 error=FSpMakeFSRef(&file, &refFile);
|
|
7
|
6171 if (error)
|
|
|
6172 return NULL;
|
|
|
6173
|
|
9
|
6174 status=FSRefMakePath(&refFile, (UInt8 *) path, pathSize);
|
|
7
|
6175 if (status)
|
|
|
6176 return NULL;
|
|
|
6177 }
|
|
|
6178
|
|
|
6179 /* Add a slash at the end if needed */
|
|
|
6180 if (folder)
|
|
9
|
6181 STRCAT(path, "/");
|
|
|
6182
|
|
|
6183 return (vim_strsave(path));
|
|
7
|
6184 #else
|
|
|
6185 /* TODO: Get rid of all USE_UNIXFILENAME below */
|
|
|
6186 /* Set ioNamePtr, it's the same area which is always reused. */
|
|
|
6187 theCPB.dirInfo.ioNamePtr = directoryName;
|
|
|
6188
|
|
|
6189 /* Trick for first entry, set ioDrParID to the first value
|
|
|
6190 * we want for ioDrDirID*/
|
|
|
6191 theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrParID = file.parID;
|
|
|
6192 theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrDirID = file.parID;
|
|
|
6193
|
|
9
|
6194 if ((TRUE) && (file.parID != fsRtDirID /*fsRtParID*/))
|
|
7
|
6195 do
|
|
|
6196 {
|
|
|
6197 theCPB.dirInfo.ioFDirIndex = -1;
|
|
|
6198 /* theCPB.dirInfo.ioNamePtr = directoryName; Already done above. */
|
|
|
6199 theCPB.dirInfo.ioVRefNum = file.vRefNum;
|
|
1212
|
6200 /* theCPB.dirInfo.ioDirID = irrelevant when ioFDirIndex = -1 */
|
|
7
|
6201 theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrDirID = theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrParID;
|
|
|
6202
|
|
|
6203 /* As ioFDirIndex = -1, get the info of ioDrDirID, */
|
|
|
6204 /* *ioNamePtr[0 TO 31] will be updated */
|
|
9
|
6205 error = PBGetCatInfo(&theCPB,false);
|
|
7
|
6206
|
|
|
6207 if (error)
|
|
|
6208 return NULL;
|
|
|
6209
|
|
|
6210 /* Put the new directoryName in front of the current fname */
|
|
|
6211 STRCPY(temporaryPtr, filenamePtr);
|
|
418
|
6212 vim_strncpy(filenamePtr, &directoryName[1], directoryName[0]);
|
|
7
|
6213 STRCAT(filenamePtr, ":");
|
|
|
6214 STRCAT(filenamePtr, temporaryPtr);
|
|
|
6215 }
|
|
|
6216 #if 1 /* def USE_UNIXFILENAME */
|
|
|
6217 while ((theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrParID != fsRtDirID) /* && */
|
|
|
6218 /* (theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrDirID != fsRtDirID)*/);
|
|
|
6219 #else
|
|
|
6220 while (theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrDirID != fsRtDirID);
|
|
|
6221 #endif
|
|
|
6222
|
|
|
6223 /* Get the information about the volume on which the file reside */
|
|
|
6224 theCPB.dirInfo.ioFDirIndex = -1;
|
|
|
6225 /* theCPB.dirInfo.ioNamePtr = directoryName; Already done above. */
|
|
|
6226 theCPB.dirInfo.ioVRefNum = file.vRefNum;
|
|
1212
|
6227 /* theCPB.dirInfo.ioDirID = irrelevant when ioFDirIndex = -1 */
|
|
7
|
6228 theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrDirID = theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrParID;
|
|
|
6229
|
|
|
6230 /* As ioFDirIndex = -1, get the info of ioDrDirID, */
|
|
|
6231 /* *ioNamePtr[0 TO 31] will be updated */
|
|
9
|
6232 error = PBGetCatInfo(&theCPB,false);
|
|
7
|
6233
|
|
|
6234 if (error)
|
|
|
6235 return NULL;
|
|
|
6236
|
|
|
6237 /* For MacOS Classic always add the volume name */
|
|
|
6238 /* For MacOS X add the volume name preceded by "Volumes" */
|
|
1212
|
6239 /* when we are not referring to the boot volume */
|
|
7
|
6240 #ifdef USE_UNIXFILENAME
|
|
|
6241 if (file.vRefNum != dfltVol_vRefNum)
|
|
|
6242 #endif
|
|
|
6243 {
|
|
|
6244 /* Add the volume name */
|
|
|
6245 STRCPY(temporaryPtr, filenamePtr);
|
|
418
|
6246 vim_strncpy(filenamePtr, &directoryName[1], directoryName[0]);
|
|
7
|
6247 STRCAT(filenamePtr, ":");
|
|
|
6248 STRCAT(filenamePtr, temporaryPtr);
|
|
|
6249
|
|
|
6250 #ifdef USE_UNIXFILENAME
|
|
|
6251 STRCPY(temporaryPtr, filenamePtr);
|
|
|
6252 filenamePtr[0] = 0; /* NULL terminate the string */
|
|
|
6253 STRCAT(filenamePtr, "Volumes:");
|
|
|
6254 STRCAT(filenamePtr, temporaryPtr);
|
|
|
6255 #endif
|
|
|
6256 }
|
|
|
6257
|
|
|
6258 /* Append final path separator if it's a folder */
|
|
|
6259 if (folder)
|
|
9
|
6260 STRCAT(fname, ":");
|
|
7
|
6261
|
|
|
6262 /* As we use Unix File Name for MacOS X convert it */
|
|
|
6263 #ifdef USE_UNIXFILENAME
|
|
|
6264 /* Need to insert leading / */
|
|
|
6265 /* TODO: get the above code to use directly the / */
|
|
|
6266 STRCPY(&temporaryPtr[1], filenamePtr);
|
|
|
6267 temporaryPtr[0] = '/';
|
|
|
6268 STRCPY(filenamePtr, temporaryPtr);
|
|
|
6269 {
|
|
|
6270 char *p;
|
|
|
6271 for (p = fname; *p; p++)
|
|
|
6272 if (*p == ':')
|
|
|
6273 *p = '/';
|
|
|
6274 }
|
|
|
6275 #endif
|
|
|
6276
|
|
9
|
6277 return (vim_strsave(fname));
|
|
7
|
6278 #endif
|
|
|
6279 }
|
|
|
6280
|
|
1562
|
6281 #if (defined(USE_IM_CONTROL) || defined(PROTO)) && defined(USE_CARBONKEYHANDLER)
|
|
7
|
6282 /*
|
|
|
6283 * Input Method Control functions.
|
|
|
6284 */
|
|
|
6285
|
|
|
6286 /*
|
|
|
6287 * Notify cursor position to IM.
|
|
|
6288 */
|
|
|
6289 void
|
|
|
6290 im_set_position(int row, int col)
|
|
|
6291 {
|
|
1562
|
6292 #if 0
|
|
7
|
6293 /* TODO: Implement me! */
|
|
1562
|
6294 im_start_row = row;
|
|
|
6295 im_start_col = col;
|
|
|
6296 #endif
|
|
|
6297 }
|
|
|
6298
|
|
|
6299 static ScriptLanguageRecord gTSLWindow;
|
|
|
6300 static ScriptLanguageRecord gTSLInsert;
|
|
|
6301 static ScriptLanguageRecord gTSLDefault = { 0, 0 };
|
|
|
6302
|
|
|
6303 static Component gTSCWindow;
|
|
|
6304 static Component gTSCInsert;
|
|
|
6305 static Component gTSCDefault;
|
|
|
6306
|
|
|
6307 static int im_initialized = 0;
|
|
|
6308
|
|
|
6309 static void
|
|
|
6310 im_on_window_switch(int active)
|
|
|
6311 {
|
|
|
6312 ScriptLanguageRecord *slptr = NULL;
|
|
|
6313 OSStatus err;
|
|
|
6314
|
|
|
6315 if (! gui.in_use)
|
|
|
6316 return;
|
|
|
6317
|
|
|
6318 if (im_initialized == 0)
|
|
|
6319 {
|
|
|
6320 im_initialized = 1;
|
|
|
6321
|
|
|
6322 /* save default TSM component (should be U.S.) to default */
|
|
|
6323 GetDefaultInputMethodOfClass(&gTSCDefault, &gTSLDefault,
|
|
|
6324 kKeyboardInputMethodClass);
|
|
|
6325 }
|
|
|
6326
|
|
|
6327 if (active == TRUE)
|
|
|
6328 {
|
|
|
6329 im_is_active = TRUE;
|
|
|
6330 ActivateTSMDocument(gTSMDocument);
|
|
|
6331 slptr = &gTSLWindow;
|
|
|
6332
|
|
|
6333 if (slptr)
|
|
|
6334 {
|
|
|
6335 err = SetDefaultInputMethodOfClass(gTSCWindow, slptr,
|
|
|
6336 kKeyboardInputMethodClass);
|
|
|
6337 if (err == noErr)
|
|
|
6338 err = SetTextServiceLanguage(slptr);
|
|
|
6339
|
|
|
6340 if (err == noErr)
|
|
|
6341 KeyScript(slptr->fScript | smKeyForceKeyScriptMask);
|
|
|
6342 }
|
|
|
6343 }
|
|
|
6344 else
|
|
|
6345 {
|
|
|
6346 err = GetTextServiceLanguage(&gTSLWindow);
|
|
|
6347 if (err == noErr)
|
|
|
6348 slptr = &gTSLWindow;
|
|
|
6349
|
|
|
6350 if (slptr)
|
|
|
6351 GetDefaultInputMethodOfClass(&gTSCWindow, slptr,
|
|
|
6352 kKeyboardInputMethodClass);
|
|
|
6353
|
|
|
6354 im_is_active = FALSE;
|
|
|
6355 DeactivateTSMDocument(gTSMDocument);
|
|
|
6356 }
|
|
7
|
6357 }
|
|
|
6358
|
|
|
6359 /*
|
|
|
6360 * Set IM status on ("active" is TRUE) or off ("active" is FALSE).
|
|
|
6361 */
|
|
|
6362 void
|
|
|
6363 im_set_active(int active)
|
|
|
6364 {
|
|
1562
|
6365 ScriptLanguageRecord *slptr = NULL;
|
|
|
6366 OSStatus err;
|
|
|
6367
|
|
|
6368 if (! gui.in_use)
|
|
|
6369 return;
|
|
|
6370
|
|
|
6371 if (im_initialized == 0)
|
|
|
6372 {
|
|
|
6373 im_initialized = 1;
|
|
|
6374
|
|
|
6375 /* save default TSM component (should be U.S.) to default */
|
|
|
6376 GetDefaultInputMethodOfClass(&gTSCDefault, &gTSLDefault,
|
|
|
6377 kKeyboardInputMethodClass);
|
|
|
6378 }
|
|
|
6379
|
|
|
6380 if (active == TRUE)
|
|
|
6381 {
|
|
|
6382 im_is_active = TRUE;
|
|
|
6383 ActivateTSMDocument(gTSMDocument);
|
|
|
6384 slptr = &gTSLInsert;
|
|
|
6385
|
|
|
6386 if (slptr)
|
|
|
6387 {
|
|
|
6388 err = SetDefaultInputMethodOfClass(gTSCInsert, slptr,
|
|
|
6389 kKeyboardInputMethodClass);
|
|
|
6390 if (err == noErr)
|
|
|
6391 err = SetTextServiceLanguage(slptr);
|
|
|
6392
|
|
|
6393 if (err == noErr)
|
|
|
6394 KeyScript(slptr->fScript | smKeyForceKeyScriptMask);
|
|
|
6395 }
|
|
|
6396 }
|
|
|
6397 else
|
|
|
6398 {
|
|
|
6399 err = GetTextServiceLanguage(&gTSLInsert);
|
|
|
6400 if (err == noErr)
|
|
|
6401 slptr = &gTSLInsert;
|
|
|
6402
|
|
|
6403 if (slptr)
|
|
|
6404 GetDefaultInputMethodOfClass(&gTSCInsert, slptr,
|
|
|
6405 kKeyboardInputMethodClass);
|
|
|
6406
|
|
|
6407 /* restore to default when switch to normal mode, so than we could
|
|
|
6408 * enter commands easier */
|
|
|
6409 SetDefaultInputMethodOfClass(gTSCDefault, &gTSLDefault,
|
|
|
6410 kKeyboardInputMethodClass);
|
|
|
6411 SetTextServiceLanguage(&gTSLDefault);
|
|
|
6412
|
|
|
6413 im_is_active = FALSE;
|
|
|
6414 DeactivateTSMDocument(gTSMDocument);
|
|
|
6415 }
|
|
7
|
6416 }
|
|
|
6417
|
|
|
6418 /*
|
|
|
6419 * Get IM status. When IM is on, return not 0. Else return 0.
|
|
|
6420 */
|
|
|
6421 int
|
|
593
|
6422 im_get_status(void)
|
|
7
|
6423 {
|
|
1562
|
6424 if (! gui.in_use)
|
|
|
6425 return 0;
|
|
|
6426
|
|
|
6427 return im_is_active;
|
|
7
|
6428 }
|
|
1106
|
6429
|
|
7
|
6430 #endif /* defined(USE_IM_CONTROL) || defined(PROTO) */
|
|
1106
|
6431
|
|
|
6432
|
|
|
6433
|
|
|
6434
|
|
|
6435 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_TABLINE) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
6436 // drawer implementation
|
|
|
6437 static MenuRef contextMenu = NULL;
|
|
|
6438 enum
|
|
|
6439 {
|
|
|
6440 kTabContextMenuId = 42,
|
|
|
6441 };
|
|
|
6442
|
|
|
6443 // the caller has to CFRelease() the returned string
|
|
|
6444 static CFStringRef
|
|
|
6445 getTabLabel(tabpage_T *page)
|
|
|
6446 {
|
|
|
6447 get_tabline_label(page, FALSE);
|
|
|
6448 #ifdef MACOS_CONVERT
|
|
|
6449 return mac_enc_to_cfstring(NameBuff, STRLEN(NameBuff));
|
|
|
6450 #else
|
|
|
6451 // TODO: check internal encoding?
|
|
|
6452 return CFStringCreateWithCString(kCFAllocatorDefault, (char *)NameBuff,
|
|
|
6453 kCFStringEncodingMacRoman);
|
|
|
6454 #endif
|
|
|
6455 }
|
|
|
6456
|
|
|
6457
|
|
|
6458 #define DRAWER_SIZE 150
|
|
|
6459 #define DRAWER_INSET 16
|
|
|
6460
|
|
|
6461 static ControlRef dataBrowser = NULL;
|
|
|
6462
|
|
|
6463 // when the tabline is hidden, vim doesn't call update_tabline(). When
|
|
|
6464 // the tabline is shown again, show_tabline() is called before upate_tabline(),
|
|
|
6465 // and because of this, the tab labels and vims internal tabs are out of sync
|
|
|
6466 // for a very short time. to prevent inconsistent state, we store the labels
|
|
|
6467 // of the tabs, not pointers to the tabs (which are invalid for a short time).
|
|
|
6468 static CFStringRef *tabLabels = NULL;
|
|
|
6469 static int tabLabelsSize = 0;
|
|
|
6470
|
|
|
6471 enum
|
|
|
6472 {
|
|
|
6473 kTabsColumn = 'Tabs'
|
|
|
6474 };
|
|
|
6475
|
|
|
6476 static int
|
|
|
6477 getTabCount(void)
|
|
|
6478 {
|
|
|
6479 tabpage_T *tp;
|
|
|
6480 int numTabs = 0;
|
|
|
6481
|
|
|
6482 for (tp = first_tabpage; tp != NULL; tp = tp->tp_next)
|
|
1562
|
6483 ++numTabs;
|
|
1106
|
6484 return numTabs;
|
|
|
6485 }
|
|
|
6486
|
|
|
6487 // data browser item display callback
|
|
|
6488 static OSStatus
|
|
|
6489 dbItemDataCallback(ControlRef browser,
|
|
|
6490 DataBrowserItemID itemID,
|
|
1562
|
6491 DataBrowserPropertyID property /* column id */,
|
|
|
6492 DataBrowserItemDataRef itemData,
|
|
1106
|
6493 Boolean changeValue)
|
|
|
6494 {
|
|
|
6495 OSStatus status = noErr;
|
|
|
6496
|
|
|
6497 // assert(property == kTabsColumn); // why is this violated??
|
|
|
6498
|
|
|
6499 // changeValue is true if we have a modifieable list and data was changed.
|
|
|
6500 // In our case, it's always false.
|
|
|
6501 // (that is: if (changeValue) updateInternalData(); else return
|
|
|
6502 // internalData();
|
|
|
6503 if (!changeValue)
|
|
|
6504 {
|
|
|
6505 CFStringRef str;
|
|
|
6506
|
|
|
6507 assert(itemID - 1 >= 0 && itemID - 1 < tabLabelsSize);
|
|
|
6508 str = tabLabels[itemID - 1];
|
|
|
6509 status = SetDataBrowserItemDataText(itemData, str);
|
|
|
6510 }
|
|
|
6511 else
|
|
|
6512 status = errDataBrowserPropertyNotSupported;
|
|
|
6513
|
|
|
6514 return status;
|
|
|
6515 }
|
|
|
6516
|
|
|
6517 // data browser action callback
|
|
|
6518 static void
|
|
|
6519 dbItemNotificationCallback(ControlRef browser,
|
|
|
6520 DataBrowserItemID item,
|
|
|
6521 DataBrowserItemNotification message)
|
|
|
6522 {
|
|
|
6523 switch (message)
|
|
|
6524 {
|
|
|
6525 case kDataBrowserItemSelected:
|
|
|
6526 send_tabline_event(item);
|
|
|
6527 break;
|
|
|
6528 }
|
|
|
6529 }
|
|
|
6530
|
|
|
6531 // callbacks needed for contextual menu:
|
|
|
6532 static void
|
|
|
6533 dbGetContextualMenuCallback(ControlRef browser,
|
|
|
6534 MenuRef *menu,
|
|
1562
|
6535 UInt32 *helpType,
|
|
1106
|
6536 CFStringRef *helpItemString,
|
|
1562
|
6537 AEDesc *selection)
|
|
1106
|
6538 {
|
|
|
6539 // on mac os 9: kCMHelpItemNoHelp, but it's not the same
|
|
|
6540 *helpType = kCMHelpItemRemoveHelp; // OS X only ;-)
|
|
|
6541 *helpItemString = NULL;
|
|
|
6542
|
|
|
6543 *menu = contextMenu;
|
|
|
6544 }
|
|
|
6545
|
|
|
6546 static void
|
|
|
6547 dbSelectContextualMenuCallback(ControlRef browser,
|
|
|
6548 MenuRef menu,
|
|
|
6549 UInt32 selectionType,
|
|
|
6550 SInt16 menuID,
|
|
|
6551 MenuItemIndex menuItem)
|
|
|
6552 {
|
|
|
6553 if (selectionType == kCMMenuItemSelected)
|
|
|
6554 {
|
|
|
6555 MenuCommand command;
|
|
|
6556 GetMenuItemCommandID(menu, menuItem, &command);
|
|
|
6557
|
|
|
6558 // get tab that was selected when the context menu appeared
|
|
|
6559 // (there is always one tab selected). TODO: check if the context menu
|
|
|
6560 // isn't opened on an item but on empty space (has to be possible some
|
|
|
6561 // way, the finder does it too ;-) )
|
|
|
6562 Handle items = NewHandle(0);
|
|
|
6563 if (items != NULL)
|
|
|
6564 {
|
|
|
6565 int numItems;
|
|
|
6566
|
|
|
6567 GetDataBrowserItems(browser, kDataBrowserNoItem, false,
|
|
|
6568 kDataBrowserItemIsSelected, items);
|
|
|
6569 numItems = GetHandleSize(items) / sizeof(DataBrowserItemID);
|
|
|
6570 if (numItems > 0)
|
|
|
6571 {
|
|
|
6572 int idx;
|
|
|
6573 DataBrowserItemID *itemsPtr;
|
|
|
6574
|
|
|
6575 HLock(items);
|
|
|
6576 itemsPtr = (DataBrowserItemID *)*items;
|
|
|
6577 idx = itemsPtr[0];
|
|
|
6578 HUnlock(items);
|
|
|
6579 send_tabline_menu_event(idx, command);
|
|
|
6580 }
|
|
|
6581 DisposeHandle(items);
|
|
|
6582 }
|
|
|
6583 }
|
|
|
6584 }
|
|
|
6585
|
|
|
6586 // focus callback of the data browser to always leave focus in vim
|
|
|
6587 static OSStatus
|
|
|
6588 dbFocusCallback(EventHandlerCallRef handler, EventRef event, void *data)
|
|
|
6589 {
|
|
|
6590 assert(GetEventClass(event) == kEventClassControl
|
|
|
6591 && GetEventKind(event) == kEventControlSetFocusPart);
|
|
|
6592
|
|
|
6593 return paramErr;
|
|
|
6594 }
|
|
|
6595
|
|
|
6596
|
|
|
6597 // drawer callback to resize data browser to drawer size
|
|
|
6598 static OSStatus
|
|
|
6599 drawerCallback(EventHandlerCallRef handler, EventRef event, void *data)
|
|
|
6600 {
|
|
|
6601 switch (GetEventKind(event))
|
|
|
6602 {
|
|
|
6603 case kEventWindowBoundsChanged: // move or resize
|
|
|
6604 {
|
|
|
6605 UInt32 attribs;
|
|
|
6606 GetEventParameter(event, kEventParamAttributes, typeUInt32,
|
|
|
6607 NULL, sizeof(attribs), NULL, &attribs);
|
|
|
6608 if (attribs & kWindowBoundsChangeSizeChanged) // resize
|
|
|
6609 {
|
|
|
6610 Rect r;
|
|
|
6611 GetWindowBounds(drawer, kWindowContentRgn, &r);
|
|
|
6612 SetRect(&r, 0, 0, r.right - r.left, r.bottom - r.top);
|
|
|
6613 SetControlBounds(dataBrowser, &r);
|
|
|
6614 SetDataBrowserTableViewNamedColumnWidth(dataBrowser,
|
|
|
6615 kTabsColumn, r.right);
|
|
|
6616 }
|
|
|
6617 }
|
|
|
6618 break;
|
|
|
6619 }
|
|
|
6620
|
|
|
6621 return eventNotHandledErr;
|
|
|
6622 }
|
|
|
6623
|
|
|
6624 // Load DataBrowserChangeAttributes() dynamically on tiger (and better).
|
|
|
6625 // This way the code works on 10.2 and 10.3 as well (it doesn't have the
|
|
|
6626 // blue highlights in the list view on these systems, though. Oh well.)
|
|
|
6627
|
|
|
6628
|
|
|
6629 #import <mach-o/dyld.h>
|
|
|
6630
|
|
|
6631 enum { kMyDataBrowserAttributeListViewAlternatingRowColors = (1 << 1) };
|
|
|
6632
|
|
|
6633 static OSStatus
|
|
|
6634 myDataBrowserChangeAttributes(ControlRef inDataBrowser,
|
|
|
6635 OptionBits inAttributesToSet,
|
|
|
6636 OptionBits inAttributesToClear)
|
|
|
6637 {
|
|
|
6638 long osVersion;
|
|
|
6639 char *symbolName;
|
|
|
6640 NSSymbol symbol = NULL;
|
|
|
6641 OSStatus (*dataBrowserChangeAttributes)(ControlRef inDataBrowser,
|
|
|
6642 OptionBits inAttributesToSet, OptionBits inAttributesToClear);
|
|
|
6643
|
|
|
6644 Gestalt(gestaltSystemVersion, &osVersion);
|
|
|
6645 if (osVersion < 0x1040) // only supported for 10.4 (and up)
|
|
|
6646 return noErr;
|
|
|
6647
|
|
|
6648 // C name mangling...
|
|
|
6649 symbolName = "_DataBrowserChangeAttributes";
|
|
|
6650 if (!NSIsSymbolNameDefined(symbolName)
|
|
|
6651 || (symbol = NSLookupAndBindSymbol(symbolName)) == NULL)
|
|
|
6652 return noErr;
|
|
|
6653
|
|
|
6654 dataBrowserChangeAttributes = NSAddressOfSymbol(symbol);
|
|
|
6655 if (dataBrowserChangeAttributes == NULL)
|
|
|
6656 return noErr; // well...
|
|
|
6657 return dataBrowserChangeAttributes(inDataBrowser,
|
|
|
6658 inAttributesToSet, inAttributesToClear);
|
|
|
6659 }
|
|
|
6660
|
|
|
6661 static void
|
|
|
6662 initialise_tabline(void)
|
|
|
6663 {
|
|
|
6664 Rect drawerRect = { 0, 0, 0, DRAWER_SIZE };
|
|
|
6665 DataBrowserCallbacks dbCallbacks;
|
|
|
6666 EventTypeSpec focusEvent = {kEventClassControl, kEventControlSetFocusPart};
|
|
|
6667 EventTypeSpec resizeEvent = {kEventClassWindow, kEventWindowBoundsChanged};
|
|
|
6668 DataBrowserListViewColumnDesc colDesc;
|
|
|
6669
|
|
|
6670 // drawers have to have compositing enabled
|
|
|
6671 CreateNewWindow(kDrawerWindowClass,
|
|
|
6672 kWindowStandardHandlerAttribute
|
|
|
6673 | kWindowCompositingAttribute
|
|
|
6674 | kWindowResizableAttribute
|
|
|
6675 | kWindowLiveResizeAttribute,
|
|
|
6676 &drawerRect, &drawer);
|
|
|
6677
|
|
|
6678 SetThemeWindowBackground(drawer, kThemeBrushDrawerBackground, true);
|
|
|
6679 SetDrawerParent(drawer, gui.VimWindow);
|
|
|
6680 SetDrawerOffsets(drawer, kWindowOffsetUnchanged, DRAWER_INSET);
|
|
|
6681
|
|
|
6682
|
|
|
6683 // create list view embedded in drawer
|
|
|
6684 CreateDataBrowserControl(drawer, &drawerRect, kDataBrowserListView,
|
|
|
6685 &dataBrowser);
|
|
|
6686
|
|
|
6687 dbCallbacks.version = kDataBrowserLatestCallbacks;
|
|
|
6688 InitDataBrowserCallbacks(&dbCallbacks);
|
|
|
6689 dbCallbacks.u.v1.itemDataCallback =
|
|
|
6690 NewDataBrowserItemDataUPP(dbItemDataCallback);
|
|
|
6691 dbCallbacks.u.v1.itemNotificationCallback =
|
|
|
6692 NewDataBrowserItemNotificationUPP(dbItemNotificationCallback);
|
|
|
6693 dbCallbacks.u.v1.getContextualMenuCallback =
|
|
|
6694 NewDataBrowserGetContextualMenuUPP(dbGetContextualMenuCallback);
|
|
|
6695 dbCallbacks.u.v1.selectContextualMenuCallback =
|
|
|
6696 NewDataBrowserSelectContextualMenuUPP(dbSelectContextualMenuCallback);
|
|
|
6697
|
|
|
6698 SetDataBrowserCallbacks(dataBrowser, &dbCallbacks);
|
|
|
6699
|
|
|
6700 SetDataBrowserListViewHeaderBtnHeight(dataBrowser, 0); // no header
|
|
|
6701 SetDataBrowserHasScrollBars(dataBrowser, false, true); // only vertical
|
|
|
6702 SetDataBrowserSelectionFlags(dataBrowser,
|
|
|
6703 kDataBrowserSelectOnlyOne | kDataBrowserNeverEmptySelectionSet);
|
|
|
6704 SetDataBrowserTableViewHiliteStyle(dataBrowser,
|
|
|
6705 kDataBrowserTableViewFillHilite);
|
|
|
6706 Boolean b = false;
|
|
|
6707 SetControlData(dataBrowser, kControlEntireControl,
|
|
|
6708 kControlDataBrowserIncludesFrameAndFocusTag, sizeof(b), &b);
|
|
|
6709
|
|
|
6710 // enable blue background in data browser (this is only in 10.4 and vim
|
|
|
6711 // has to support older osx versions as well, so we have to load this
|
|
|
6712 // function dynamically)
|
|
|
6713 myDataBrowserChangeAttributes(dataBrowser,
|
|
|
6714 kMyDataBrowserAttributeListViewAlternatingRowColors, 0);
|
|
|
6715
|
|
|
6716 // install callback that keeps focus in vim and away from the data browser
|
|
|
6717 InstallControlEventHandler(dataBrowser, dbFocusCallback, 1, &focusEvent,
|
|
|
6718 NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
6719
|
|
|
6720 // install callback that keeps data browser at the size of the drawer
|
|
|
6721 InstallWindowEventHandler(drawer, drawerCallback, 1, &resizeEvent,
|
|
|
6722 NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
6723
|
|
|
6724 // add "tabs" column to data browser
|
|
|
6725 colDesc.propertyDesc.propertyID = kTabsColumn;
|
|
|
6726 colDesc.propertyDesc.propertyType = kDataBrowserTextType;
|
|
|
6727
|
|
|
6728 // add if items can be selected (?): kDataBrowserListViewSelectionColumn
|
|
|
6729 colDesc.propertyDesc.propertyFlags = kDataBrowserDefaultPropertyFlags;
|
|
|
6730
|
|
|
6731 colDesc.headerBtnDesc.version = kDataBrowserListViewLatestHeaderDesc;
|
|
|
6732 colDesc.headerBtnDesc.minimumWidth = 100;
|
|
|
6733 colDesc.headerBtnDesc.maximumWidth = 150;
|
|
|
6734 colDesc.headerBtnDesc.titleOffset = 0;
|
|
|
6735 colDesc.headerBtnDesc.titleString = CFSTR("Tabs");
|
|
|
6736 colDesc.headerBtnDesc.initialOrder = kDataBrowserOrderIncreasing;
|
|
|
6737 colDesc.headerBtnDesc.btnFontStyle.flags = 0; // use default font
|
|
|
6738 colDesc.headerBtnDesc.btnContentInfo.contentType = kControlContentTextOnly;
|
|
|
6739
|
|
|
6740 AddDataBrowserListViewColumn(dataBrowser, &colDesc, 0);
|
|
|
6741
|
|
|
6742 // create tabline popup menu required by vim docs (see :he tabline-menu)
|
|
|
6743 CreateNewMenu(kTabContextMenuId, 0, &contextMenu);
|
|
|
6744 AppendMenuItemTextWithCFString(contextMenu, CFSTR("Close"), 0,
|
|
|
6745 TABLINE_MENU_CLOSE, NULL);
|
|
|
6746 AppendMenuItemTextWithCFString(contextMenu, CFSTR("New Tab"), 0,
|
|
|
6747 TABLINE_MENU_NEW, NULL);
|
|
|
6748 AppendMenuItemTextWithCFString(contextMenu, CFSTR("Open Tab..."), 0,
|
|
|
6749 TABLINE_MENU_OPEN, NULL);
|
|
|
6750 }
|
|
|
6751
|
|
|
6752
|
|
|
6753 /*
|
|
|
6754 * Show or hide the tabline.
|
|
|
6755 */
|
|
|
6756 void
|
|
|
6757 gui_mch_show_tabline(int showit)
|
|
|
6758 {
|
|
|
6759 if (showit == 0)
|
|
1562
|
6760 CloseDrawer(drawer, true);
|
|
1106
|
6761 else
|
|
1562
|
6762 OpenDrawer(drawer, kWindowEdgeRight, true);
|
|
1106
|
6763 }
|
|
|
6764
|
|
|
6765 /*
|
|
|
6766 * Return TRUE when tabline is displayed.
|
|
|
6767 */
|
|
|
6768 int
|
|
|
6769 gui_mch_showing_tabline(void)
|
|
|
6770 {
|
|
|
6771 WindowDrawerState state = GetDrawerState(drawer);
|
|
|
6772
|
|
|
6773 return state == kWindowDrawerOpen || state == kWindowDrawerOpening;
|
|
|
6774 }
|
|
|
6775
|
|
|
6776 /*
|
|
|
6777 * Update the labels of the tabline.
|
|
|
6778 */
|
|
|
6779 void
|
|
|
6780 gui_mch_update_tabline(void)
|
|
|
6781 {
|
|
|
6782 tabpage_T *tp;
|
|
|
6783 int numTabs = getTabCount();
|
|
|
6784 int nr = 1;
|
|
|
6785 int curtabidx = 1;
|
|
|
6786
|
|
|
6787 // adjust data browser
|
|
|
6788 if (tabLabels != NULL)
|
|
|
6789 {
|
|
1562
|
6790 int i;
|
|
|
6791
|
|
|
6792 for (i = 0; i < tabLabelsSize; ++i)
|
|
|
6793 CFRelease(tabLabels[i]);
|
|
|
6794 free(tabLabels);
|
|
1106
|
6795 }
|
|
|
6796 tabLabels = (CFStringRef *)malloc(numTabs * sizeof(CFStringRef));
|
|
|
6797 tabLabelsSize = numTabs;
|
|
|
6798
|
|
|
6799 for (tp = first_tabpage; tp != NULL; tp = tp->tp_next, ++nr)
|
|
|
6800 {
|
|
|
6801 if (tp == curtab)
|
|
|
6802 curtabidx = nr;
|
|
1562
|
6803 tabLabels[nr-1] = getTabLabel(tp);
|
|
1106
|
6804 }
|
|
|
6805
|
|
|
6806 RemoveDataBrowserItems(dataBrowser, kDataBrowserNoItem, 0, NULL,
|
|
|
6807 kDataBrowserItemNoProperty);
|
|
|
6808 // data browser uses ids 1, 2, 3, ... numTabs per default, so we
|
|
|
6809 // can pass NULL for the id array
|
|
|
6810 AddDataBrowserItems(dataBrowser, kDataBrowserNoItem, numTabs, NULL,
|
|
|
6811 kDataBrowserItemNoProperty);
|
|
|
6812
|
|
|
6813 DataBrowserItemID item = curtabidx;
|
|
|
6814 SetDataBrowserSelectedItems(dataBrowser, 1, &item, kDataBrowserItemsAssign);
|
|
|
6815 }
|
|
|
6816
|
|
|
6817 /*
|
|
|
6818 * Set the current tab to "nr". First tab is 1.
|
|
|
6819 */
|
|
|
6820 void
|
|
|
6821 gui_mch_set_curtab(nr)
|
|
|
6822 int nr;
|
|
|
6823 {
|
|
|
6824 DataBrowserItemID item = nr;
|
|
|
6825 SetDataBrowserSelectedItems(dataBrowser, 1, &item, kDataBrowserItemsAssign);
|
|
|
6826
|
|
|
6827 // TODO: call something like this?: (or restore scroll position, or...)
|
|
|
6828 RevealDataBrowserItem(dataBrowser, item, kTabsColumn,
|
|
|
6829 kDataBrowserRevealOnly);
|
|
|
6830 }
|
|
|
6831
|
|
|
6832 #endif // FEAT_GUI_TABLINE
|
